Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

forms+have

  • 81 vita

    f life
    ( durata della vita) lifetime
    anatomy waist
    a vita for life
    costo m della vita cost of living
    senza vita lifeless
    * * *
    vita1 s.f.
    1 life*: vita degli animali, delle piante, animal, plant life; la vita umana, human life; la vita terrena, life on earth; essere in vita, to be living (o alive); essere in fin di vita, to be dying; essere privo di vita, to be lifeless; essere tra la vita e la morte, to be between life and death; rimanere in vita, to survive; non dare segni di vita, to show (o to give) no signs of life; rischiare la vita, to risk (o to venture) one's life; perdere la vita, to lose one's life; dare la vita a qlcu., to give birth to s.o.; dare la vita per qlcu., qlco., to give (o to sacrifice) one's life for s.o., sthg.; dar vita a qlco., to start (o to set up) sthg.; togliere la vita a qlcu., to take s.o.'s life; togliersi la vita, to kill oneself (o to commit suicide); richiamare in vita qlcu., to bring s.o. back to life; salvare la vita a qlcu., to save s.o.'s life; ti devo la vita, I owe you my life; aver cara la vita, to value one's life; vender cara la vita, to sell one's life dearly; essere attaccati alla vita, to love life // nella primavera, al tramonto della vita, in the spring, autumn of life // l'altra vita, the next life; la vita eterna, eternal life; passare a miglior vita, to pass away (o breath one's last) // lotta per la vita, struggle for life // assicurazione sulla vita, life insurance // è in gioco la sua vita, his life is at stake // è una questione di vita o di morte, it's a matter of life and death // ne va della vita, it's more than my life is worth // pena la vita, on pain of death // lo giuro sulla mia vita, I swear it on my life // l'aria e la luce sono la nostra vita, air and light are (o mean) life to us // il lavoro è la sua vita, work is his life; amor mio, vita mia!, my love, my life! // storie di vita vissuta, real life stories // conoscere la vita, to know life (o the world); avere esperienza della vita, to have experience of life (o of the world) // è la vita!, that's life! // finché c'è vita c'è speranza, (prov.) while there's life there's hope
    2 ( periodo di vita) life*; ( durata di una vita) lifetime: vita lunga, long life; vita media, average lifetime; (fis. nucleare) mean life; vita operativa, physical life; durante la sua vita, during his lifetime; tutta una vita di felicità, a lifetime of happiness; capita una sola volta nella vita, it happens only once in a lifetime; non l'ho mai fatto in vita mia, I have never done it in my life; quel giornale ha avuto vita breve, that newspaper had a short life // vita natural durante, for one's natural life // a vita, (for) life; carcere a vita, life imprisonment; condanna a vita, life sentence; essere condannato a vita, to be given a life sentence; pensione a vita, life pension; senatore a vita, senator for life // per ( tutta) la vita, for life: essere menomato per la vita, to be maimed for life; ti amerò per tutta la vita, I'll love you as long as I live // in vita, during one's life: in vita non è stato un gran che, during his lifetime he wasn't up to much // lo conosco da una vita, è una vita che lo conosco, I've known him for years
    3 ( modo di vivere) life*, living: vita sana, onesta, attiva, healthy, honest, active life; vita privata, pubblica, private, public life; ritirarsi a vita privata, to retire to private life; vita di relazione, social life; vita in comune, life together; far vita in comune, to live together; condurre una vita tranquilla, to lead a quiet life; vivere una vita disordinata, to live (o to lead) a disorderly life // tenore di vita, standard of living // che vita!, what a life! // vita da cani, dog's life // come va la vita?, how's life (o how are you getting on)? // fare una vita da nababbo, da re, to live like a lord (o a king) // fare la dolce vita, to live it up // fare una bella vita, to lead a good life // fare la, darsi alla bella vita, to lead a life of pleasure // fare la vita, to be a prostitute; donna di vita, prostitute // avere una doppia vita, to live (o to lead) a double life // cambiare vita, to mend one's ways // rifarsi una vita, to make a new life for oneself // trascinare la vita, to live (o to lead) a hard life // rendere la vita difficile a qlcu., to make life difficult for s.o. // sapere vita, morte e miracoli di qlcu., to know everything about s.o. // poca brigata vita beata, (prov.) the fewer the better
    4 ( il necessario per vivere) living: il costo della vita, the cost of living; la vita è sempre più cara, the cost of living is going up all the time; guadagnarsi la vita, to earn one's living; si guadagna onestamente la vita, he earns an honest living; guadagnarsi a stento la vita, to scrape a living
    5 ( vitalità) vitality, life*; ( animazione) animation: è piena di vita, she is full of life (o bubbling over with vitality); città, strada piena di vita, town, street full of life; musica piena di vita, music full of vitality; romanzo privo di vita, lifeless novel; dar vita a una festa, to liven up a party
    6 ( essere, persona) life*: non c'era traccia di vita per le strade, there was no sign of life in the streets; la guerra costa molte vite, war costs many lives; non si lamenta alcuna perdita di vite umane, no lives were lost (o there was no loss of life)
    7 ( biografia) life*, biography: hai letto le vite di Plutarco?, have you read Plutarch's lives?
    vita2 s.f. ( parte del corpo) waist: prendere qlcu. per la vita, to seize s.o. by the waist; giro di vita, waist measure; abito stretto in vita, a tight-waisted dress; avere la vita alta, bassa, essere corto, lungo di vita, to have a high, low waist, to be high-waisted, low-waisted; avere la vita stretta, sottile, to have a slender waist; vita di vespa, wasp waist // su con la vita!, cheer up!
    * * *
    I ['vita] sf
    1) (gen) life

    dare la vita per qn/qc — to give one's life for sb/sth

    2) (modo di vivere) life, lifestyle

    nella vita quotidiana o di ogni giorno — in everyday life

    II ['vita] sf
    Anat waist

    abito a vita alta/bassa — dress with a high/low waist

    punto (di) vita Sartoria — waist

    * * *
    I ['vita]
    sostantivo femminile
    1) life*

    salvare la vita a qcn. — to save sb.'s life

    a vita — [esiliare, segnare] for life; [esilio, sospensione] lifetime

    rendere la vita difficile a qcn. — to make life difficult for sb.

    il governo non avrà vita lunga — fig. the government won't last long

    la vita di città, moderna — city life, present day life

    2) (vitalità) life*

    pieno di vita — [persona, luogo] bursting with life

    3) (biografia) life*
    5) in vita alive

    tenere qcn., qcs. in vita — to keep sb., sth. alive (anche fig.)

    •

    vita media — statist. expectation of life

    ••

    sapere vita, morte e miracoli di qcn. — = to know everything there's to know about sb.

    darsi alla bella vita — to live it up, to lead the life of Riley

    finché c'è vita c'è speranza — prov. while there's life there's hope

    ••
    Note:
    Dei due principali equivalenti inglesi della parola vita, life e living, il primo è il termine più generale che fa riferimento all'esperienza complessiva del vivere ( una questione di vita o di morte = a matter of life and death, un amico per la vita = a friend for life, lo stile di vita = the way of life / the lifestyle), mentre il secondo allude soprattutto alle necessità materiali del vivere ( condizioni di vita = living conditions, il costo della vita = the cost of living). Quando si parla della vita in generale, la parola life non è preceduta dall'articolo in inglese ( la vita è spesso dura = life is often hard), a meno che non ci sia una specificazione ( la vita dei contadini nell'Inghilterra medievale era spesso molto dura = the life of peasants in medieval England was often very hard)
    II ['vita]
    sostantivo femminile (parte del corpo) waist; (circonferenza) waistline

    vita sottile, larga — slim, large waist o waistline

    afferrare qcn. per la vita — to seize sb. around the waist

    a vita alta, bassa — [ abito] high-, low-waisted

    * * *
    vita1
    /'vita/
    Dei due principali equivalenti inglesi della parola vita, life e living, il primo è il termine più generale che fa riferimento all'esperienza complessiva del vivere ( una questione di vita o di morte = a matter of life and death, un amico per la vita = a friend for life, lo stile di vita = the way of life / the lifestyle), mentre il secondo allude soprattutto alle necessità materiali del vivere ( condizioni di vita = living conditions, il costo della vita = the cost of living). Quando si parla della vita in generale, la parola life non è preceduta dall'articolo in inglese ( la vita è spesso dura = life is often hard), a meno che non ci sia una specificazione ( la vita dei contadini nell'Inghilterra medievale era spesso molto dura = the life of peasants in medieval England was often very hard).
    sostantivo f.
     1 life*; salvare la vita a qcn. to save sb.'s life; non c'erano segni di vita there was no sign of life; togliersi la vita to take one own's life; tra la vita e la morte between life and death; c'è vita su Marte? is there life on Mars? forme di vita life forms; è una questione di vita o di morte it's a matter of life and death; per (tutta) la vita throughout one's life; non l'ho mai visto prima in vita mia I've never seen him before in my life; per la prima volta in vita mia for the first time in my life; che cosa farai nella vita? what are you going to do in life? a vita [esiliare, segnare] for life; [esilio, sospensione] lifetime; opera di (tutta) una vita work of a lifetime; avere una vita molto attiva to lead a busy life; rendere la vita difficile a qcn. to make life difficult for sb.; il governo non avrà vita lunga fig. the government won't last long; la vita di città, moderna city life, present day life; stile di vita lifestyle; condizioni di vita living conditions
     2 (vitalità) life*; prendere vita to come to life; è là che c'è vita that's where the action is; pieno di vita [persona, luogo] bursting with life
     3 (biografia) life*
     4 fig. (molto tempo) ci vuole una vita per fare it takes ages o an age to do; non la vedo da una vita it's been ages since I last saw her
     5 in vita alive; tenere qcn., qcs. in vita to keep sb., sth. alive (anche fig.); rimanere in vita to stay alive
    questa (sì che) è vita! this is the life! così va la vita that's what life is all about; avere vita facile to have an easy ride; sapere vita, morte e miracoli di qcn. = to know everything there's to know about sb.; darsi alla bella vita to live it up, to lead the life of Riley; una vita da cani a dog's life; per la vita e per la morte! till death us do part! o la borsa o la vita! your money or your life! su con la vita! cheer up! finché c'è vita c'è speranza prov. while there's life there's hope; donna di vita hooker; fare la vita to be on the game BE
    \
    vita eterna eternal life; vita media statist. expectation of life.
    ————————
    vita2
    /'vita/
    sostantivo f.
    (parte del corpo) waist; (circonferenza) waistline; vita sottile, larga slim, large waist o waistline; afferrare qcn. per la vita to seize sb. around the waist; a vita alta, bassa [ abito] high-, low-waisted; giro vita waist measurement.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > vita

  • 82 zugehen

    v/i (unreg., trennb., ist -ge-)
    1. zugehen auf (+ Akk) go up to, approach; entschlossen: make for, head for; sie ging direkt auf mich zu she came ( oder walked) straight up to me, she headed straight for me
    2. fig.: auf jemanden zugehen Rat suchend etc.: approach s.o.; Hilfe anbietend: reach out to s.o.; nach Streit: try to make up with s.o.; einer muss auf den anderen zugehen somebody’s got to make the first move; auf die Achtzig zugehen be approaching ( oder getting on for) eighty; dem Ende zugehen be drawing to a close
    3. unpers.: (geschehen) be; es geht dort manchmal etwas wild zu things can sometimes get a bit wild there; auf der Party ging’s zu! it was some party!; wie geht es denn hier zu? what on earth’s going on here?; so geht es im Leben manchmal zu that’s life; es müsste seltsam zugehen, wenn... it would be very strange if...; es geht auf den Herbst / zehn Uhr zu autumn is on its way / it’s getting on for (Am. it’s nearly) ten o’clock; Ding 2
    4. Amtsspr.: jemandem zugehen Brief etc.: reach s.o.; jemandem etw. zugehen lassen have s.th. sent to s.o.; die Formulare gehen Ihnen in den nächsten Tagen zu you will be receiving the forms in the next few days
    5. umg. (schließen) shut; der Reißverschluss geht nicht zu I can’t do the zip (Am. zipper) up
    6. (zulaufen): spitz zugehen taper to a point
    7. Dial.: geh zu! get a move on! umg., step on it! umg.
    * * *
    to walk up
    * * *
    zu|ge|hen sep irreg aux sein
    1. vi
    1) (Tür, Deckel) to shut, to close
    2)

    auf jdn/etw zúgehen — to approach sb/sth, to go toward(s) sb/sth

    direkt auf jdn/etw zúgehen — to go straight or right up to sb/sth

    aufeinander zúgehen — to approach one another; (fig auch) to compromise

    dem Ende zúgehen — to draw to a close, to near its end; (Vorräte) to be running out

    3) +dat (Nachricht, Brief etc) to reach

    der Brief ist uns noch nicht zugegangen — the letter hasn't reached us yet, we haven't received the letter yet

    die Nachricht, die ich Ihnen gestern habe zúgehen lassen — the message I sent you yesterday

    4) (inf = weiter-, losgehen) to get a move on (inf)
    2. vi impers
    1)

    dort geht es... zu — things are... there

    es ging sehr lustig/fröhlich etc zu (inf) — we/they etc had a great time (inf)

    du kannst dir nicht vorstellen, wie es dort zugeht — you can't imagine what goes on there

    2) (= geschehen) to happen
    See:
    → Teufel
    * * *
    zu|ge·hen
    I. vi Hilfsverb: sein
    1. (sich schließen lassen) to shut, to close
    ▪ auf jdn/etw \zugehen to approach sb/sth
    ▪ aufeinander \zugehen to become reconciled
    ▪ jdm \zugehen to reach sb
    ▪ jdm etw \zugehen lassen to send sb sth
    5. (fam: sich beeilen)
    geh zu! get a move on! fam; s.a. Ende
    II. vi impers Hilfsverb: sein
    auf ihren Partys geht es immer sehr lustig zu her parties are always great fun
    musste es bei deinem Geburtstag so laut \zugehen? did you have to make such a noise on your birthday?; s.a. Teufel
    * * *
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit sein
    1)

    auf jemanden/etwas zugehen — approach somebody/something

    aufeinander zugehen — (fig.) try to come together

    2) (ugs.): (vorangehen) get a move on (coll.); step on it (coll.)
    3) (Papierdt.)
    4) unpers. (verlaufen)

    es müsste seltsam zugehen, wenn das nicht gelänge — something remarkable would have to happen for that not to succeed

    5) (ugs.): (sich schließen) close; shut
    6) (ugs.): (sich schließen lassen)

    die Tür/der Knopf geht nicht zu — the door will not shut/the button will not fasten

    * * *
    zugehen v/i (irr, trennb, ist -ge-)
    1.
    zugehen auf (+akk) go up to, approach; entschlossen: make for, head for;
    sie ging direkt auf mich zu she came ( oder walked) straight up to me, she headed straight for me
    2. fig:
    auf jemanden zugehen Rat suchend etc: approach sb; Hilfe anbietend: reach out to sb; nach Streit: try to make up with sb;
    einer muss auf den anderen zugehen somebody’s got to make the first move;
    auf die Achtzig zugehen be approaching ( oder getting on for) eighty;
    dem Ende zugehen be drawing to a close
    3. unpers: (geschehen) be;
    es geht dort manchmal etwas wild zu things can sometimes get a bit wild there;
    auf der Party ging’s zu! it was some party!;
    wie geht es denn hier zu? what on earth’s going on here?;
    es müsste seltsam zugehen, wenn … it would be very strange if …;
    es geht auf den Herbst/zehn Uhr zu autumn is on its way/it’s getting on for (US it’s nearly) ten o’clock; → Ding 2
    4. ADMIN:
    jemandem zugehen Brief etc: reach sb;
    jemandem etwas zugehen lassen have sth sent to sb;
    die Formulare gehen Ihnen in den nächsten Tagen zu you will be receiving the forms in the next few days
    5. umg (schließen) shut;
    der Reißverschluss geht nicht zu I can’t do the zip (US zipper) up
    spitz zugehen taper to a point
    7. dial:
    geh zu! get a move on! umg, step on it! umg
    * * *
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb; mit sein
    1)

    auf jemanden/etwas zugehen — approach somebody/something

    aufeinander zugehen — (fig.) try to come together

    2) (ugs.): (vorangehen) get a move on (coll.); step on it (coll.)
    3) (Papierdt.)
    4) unpers. (verlaufen)

    es müsste seltsam zugehen, wenn das nicht gelänge — something remarkable would have to happen for that not to succeed

    5) (ugs.): (sich schließen) close; shut
    6) (ugs.): (sich schließen lassen)

    die Tür/der Knopf geht nicht zu — the door will not shut/the button will not fasten

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > zugehen

  • 83 conservador

    adj.
    1 conservative, discreet, moderate, restrained.
    2 conservative, orthodox, rightist, right-wing.
    3 Conservative.
    m.
    1 conservative, praetorian, rightist, right-winger.
    2 preservative, preserver.
    3 Conservative.
    4 curator.
    * * *
    1 PLÍTICA conservative
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 PLÍTICA conservative
    2 (de museos) curator
    * * *
    1. (f. - conservadora)
    noun
    2. (f. - conservadora)
    adj.
    * * *
    conservador, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (Pol) conservative, Tory
    2) (Culin) preservative
    2. SM / F
    1) (Pol) conservative, Tory
    2) [de museo] curator, keeper
    * * *
    I
    - dora adjetivo conservative
    II
    - dora masculino, femenino
    a) (Pol) conservative
    b) ( de museo) curator
    * * *
    = conservative, conservator, curator, custodian, standpatter, preserver, ingrown, old-fashioned, backward-looking, keeper, custodial, Luddite, laggard, conservationist, conservative, illiberal, risk-averse, tweedy [tweedier -comp., tweediest -sup.], safekeeper [sake-keeper], dowdy [dowdier -comp., dowdiest -sup.], straitlaced [strait-laced].
    Ex. There is a tendency to advance propositions premised upon the assumption that SLIS are staffed by inherently conservative, where they are not simply obtuse, individuals.
    Ex. The benefits of an on-site conservation laboratory and conservator are underlined.
    Ex. In her previous vocation she served as curator of History at the Rochester Museum of Arts and Sciences and later as Assistant to the Director of Johns Hopkins University, Institute of History and Medicine.
    Ex. This article maintains that archivists as custodians of the records have an ethical obligation to support the freest possible access to public records.
    Ex. The 'standpatters' have seen power shift away from themselves to the newcomers and other lifelong 'progressive' Junctionvillers, who were muted under previous administrations.
    Ex. He also lumps himself and librarians together as 'devoted and in some instances veteran pursuers, preservers, and disseminators of truth'.
    Ex. Book clubs need not be enclosed, much less ingrown = Los clubs de lectores no deben ser cerrados y mucho menos conservadores.
    Ex. One is tempted to say that the enthusiasts for postcoordinate systems, being forced to admit reluctantly that control was necessary, couldn't bear to use the old-fashioned term 'list of subject headings'.
    Ex. The book is essentially backward-looking rather than forward-looking in content.
    Ex. Vervliet's involvement with books began with his appointment in 1949 as keeper at the Plantin Moretus Museum in Antwerp, where he acquired a wide knowledge of the history of printing in the Low Countries.
    Ex. Broadly, one can distinguish, then, between what one might call the ' custodial' or 'warehouse' aspects of the librarian's task, and the 'communications' aspect.
    Ex. Librarians who have reservations about the spread of electronically based services are not Luddites.
    Ex. Individuals are distributed along a normal bell-shaped curve, with the majority in the large center and innovators and laggards a the the two extremes.
    Ex. The present conservationist approach to librarianship reflects Victorian priorities.
    Ex. He ends his book with a discussion of the politicizing effects of the actions of conservatives and loyalists at the end of the century.
    Ex. It is argued that Israel, in spite of its free elections, is an illiberal democracy.
    Ex. This is typical of the old corporate forms of hierarchy-based processes and of the ' risk-averse systems that crush new ideas'.
    Ex. No bright new digital firm can do without at least some of the supposedly decrepit bureaucracy it so abhors in the old tweedy institutions it wants to replace.
    Ex. Libraries find themselves frustrated in their role as safekeepers of science: how can they ensure optimal access and availability if they do not control the access systems?.
    Ex. This article shows how the dowdy and boring image of the stereotypical librarian as presented in fiction, taints the portrayal of all who work in libraries.
    Ex. Three years later, when he was fifteen, he slipped into Rachel's bedroom and her straitlaced mother caught them petting and giggling on the side of the bed.
    ----
    * conservador de documentos = records custodian.
    * conservador del archivo = archives custodian.
    * de un modo conservador = conservatively.
    * neoconservador = neoconservative [neo-conservative], neoconservative [neo-conservative].
    * partido conservador = conservative party.
    * * *
    I
    - dora adjetivo conservative
    II
    - dora masculino, femenino
    a) (Pol) conservative
    b) ( de museo) curator
    * * *
    = conservative, conservator, curator, custodian, standpatter, preserver, ingrown, old-fashioned, backward-looking, keeper, custodial, Luddite, laggard, conservationist, conservative, illiberal, risk-averse, tweedy [tweedier -comp., tweediest -sup.], safekeeper [sake-keeper], dowdy [dowdier -comp., dowdiest -sup.], straitlaced [strait-laced].

    Ex: There is a tendency to advance propositions premised upon the assumption that SLIS are staffed by inherently conservative, where they are not simply obtuse, individuals.

    Ex: The benefits of an on-site conservation laboratory and conservator are underlined.
    Ex: In her previous vocation she served as curator of History at the Rochester Museum of Arts and Sciences and later as Assistant to the Director of Johns Hopkins University, Institute of History and Medicine.
    Ex: This article maintains that archivists as custodians of the records have an ethical obligation to support the freest possible access to public records.
    Ex: The 'standpatters' have seen power shift away from themselves to the newcomers and other lifelong 'progressive' Junctionvillers, who were muted under previous administrations.
    Ex: He also lumps himself and librarians together as 'devoted and in some instances veteran pursuers, preservers, and disseminators of truth'.
    Ex: Book clubs need not be enclosed, much less ingrown = Los clubs de lectores no deben ser cerrados y mucho menos conservadores.
    Ex: One is tempted to say that the enthusiasts for postcoordinate systems, being forced to admit reluctantly that control was necessary, couldn't bear to use the old-fashioned term 'list of subject headings'.
    Ex: The book is essentially backward-looking rather than forward-looking in content.
    Ex: Vervliet's involvement with books began with his appointment in 1949 as keeper at the Plantin Moretus Museum in Antwerp, where he acquired a wide knowledge of the history of printing in the Low Countries.
    Ex: Broadly, one can distinguish, then, between what one might call the ' custodial' or 'warehouse' aspects of the librarian's task, and the 'communications' aspect.
    Ex: Librarians who have reservations about the spread of electronically based services are not Luddites.
    Ex: Individuals are distributed along a normal bell-shaped curve, with the majority in the large center and innovators and laggards a the the two extremes.
    Ex: The present conservationist approach to librarianship reflects Victorian priorities.
    Ex: He ends his book with a discussion of the politicizing effects of the actions of conservatives and loyalists at the end of the century.
    Ex: It is argued that Israel, in spite of its free elections, is an illiberal democracy.
    Ex: This is typical of the old corporate forms of hierarchy-based processes and of the ' risk-averse systems that crush new ideas'.
    Ex: No bright new digital firm can do without at least some of the supposedly decrepit bureaucracy it so abhors in the old tweedy institutions it wants to replace.
    Ex: Libraries find themselves frustrated in their role as safekeepers of science: how can they ensure optimal access and availability if they do not control the access systems?.
    Ex: This article shows how the dowdy and boring image of the stereotypical librarian as presented in fiction, taints the portrayal of all who work in libraries.
    Ex: Three years later, when he was fifteen, he slipped into Rachel's bedroom and her straitlaced mother caught them petting and giggling on the side of the bed.
    * conservador de documentos = records custodian.
    * conservador del archivo = archives custodian.
    * de un modo conservador = conservatively.
    * neoconservador = neoconservative [neo-conservative], neoconservative [neo-conservative].
    * partido conservador = conservative party.

    * * *
    1 ( Pol) ‹partido/gobierno› conservative
    2 (tradicional) ‹persona/ideas› conservative
    es muy conservador en sus gustos he's very conservative in his tastes
    masculine, feminine
    1 ( Pol) conservative
    2 (de un museo) curator
    3
    conservador masculine ( Coc) preservative
    * * *

    conservador
    ◊ - dora adjetivo

    conservative
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    a) (Pol) conservative


    conservador,-ora
    I adjetivo & sustantivo masculino y femenino conservative
    Pol Conservative
    II sustantivo masculino y femenino
    1 Pol Conservative
    2 (de un museo, una biblioteca) curator
    ' conservador' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    barrer
    - bloque
    - conservadora
    - europeísta
    English:
    conservative
    - keeper
    - seat
    - Tory
    - wet
    - Conservative
    - curator
    - custodian
    - round
    * * *
    conservador, -ora
    ♦ adj
    1. [tradicionalista] conservative;
    es un entrenador muy conservador he's a very conservative manager
    2. [del partido conservador] Conservative
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [tradicionalista] conservative
    2. [miembro del partido conservador] Conservative
    3. [de museo] curator;
    [de biblioteca] librarian; [de parque natural] keeper
    * * *
    I adj conservative
    II m, conservadora f
    1 de museo curator
    2 POL conservative
    * * *
    conservador, - dora adj & n
    : conservative
    : preservative
    * * *
    conservador adj n conservative

    Spanish-English dictionary > conservador

  • 84 enlace

    m.
    1 link (conexión) (gen) & (computing).
    2 go-between (person).
    3 bond (chemistry).
    4 connection.
    vía de enlace crossover
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: enlazar.
    * * *
    1 (conexión) link, connection
    2 (boda) marriage
    3 (tren etc) connection
    4 (intermediario) liaison, link
    5 QUÍMICA bond
    \
    establecer un enlace to forge a link
    servir de enlace to provide a link
    enlace sindical shop steward, US union delegate
    estación de enlace junction 2 (metro) connecting station
    vía de enlace crossover
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) link, connection
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=relación) connection, relationship
    2) (=conexión) (Elec) linkage; (Quím) bond; (Ferro) connection; [de vías] crossover; [en autopista] motorway junction; (Mil) liaison
    3) (=matrimonio) (tb: enlace matrimonial) marriage
    4) (=mediador) link, go-between
    5) (Internet) link

    enlace de datos — (Inform) data link

    * * *
    1)
    a) (conexión, unión) link

    enlace telefónico/por satélite — telephone/satellite link

    b) (de vías, carreteras) intersection, junction
    2) (frml) ( casamiento) tb
    3) ( persona) liaison

    actúa de enlace entre... — he acts as liaison o as a link between...

    4) (Quím) linkage, bond
    * * *
    = interfixing, link, linkage, pointer, bridge, bonding, liaison, bond, link-up, relay point, nexus.
    Ex. The device known as links (sometimes referred to as 'interfixing') simply indicates that some connection exists between two or more terms (ie concepts) in a particular document.
    Ex. Explanatory references give a little more explanation as to why the link between two names is being made in the catalogue or index.
    Ex. We have just stated that the linkage of varying titles and varying forms of entry have to be done on the same basis in an automated situation as in a manual situation.
    Ex. Note also, that the subdivided heading MUSIC -- AUSTRIA consists only of two pointers.
    Ex. My own definition of 'Hypermedia' is a system whereby audiovisual 'statements' can be used as bridges between materials that are conceptually related in some way.
    Ex. The authors suggest that there should be a bonding between and among governing agencies and local schools.
    Ex. It is important to make sure that there is close liaison between the cataloguing department and the order department, otherwise cards are liable to be ordered twice or in insufficient quantity to meet the total demand.
    Ex. Networking creates bonds where none may have existed and multiplies individual capabilities manifold.
    Ex. Today the link-up with television is obviously very useful indeed.
    Ex. These information centres function as ports of first call for officials stationed nearby, and also as relay points to the central collections.
    Ex. The author explores the nexus between record keeping and the execution of government 'watchdog' functions.
    ----
    * deterioro de los enlaces = link rot.
    * enlace cita = backlink.
    * enlace cita, enlace referencia, enlace de referencia = backlink.
    * enlace de comunicaciones = communications link.
    * enlace de comunicaciones vía satélite = satellite link.
    * enlace de referencia = backlink.
    * enlace de telecomunicaciones = telecommunications link.
    * enlace hipertextual inserto = embedded link.
    * enlace obsoleto = broken link, dead link.
    * enlace químico = chemical bond.
    * enlace referencia = backlink, outlink [out-link].
    * enlace referente = backlink, inlink [in-link].
    * enlace roto = broken link, dead link.
    * enlaces a sitios web = sitation.
    * puerta en enlace = gateway.
    * solventador de enlace = resolver.
    * vuelo de enlace = connecting flight.
    * * *
    1)
    a) (conexión, unión) link

    enlace telefónico/por satélite — telephone/satellite link

    b) (de vías, carreteras) intersection, junction
    2) (frml) ( casamiento) tb
    3) ( persona) liaison

    actúa de enlace entre... — he acts as liaison o as a link between...

    4) (Quím) linkage, bond
    * * *
    = interfixing, link, linkage, pointer, bridge, bonding, liaison, bond, link-up, relay point, nexus.

    Ex: The device known as links (sometimes referred to as 'interfixing') simply indicates that some connection exists between two or more terms (ie concepts) in a particular document.

    Ex: Explanatory references give a little more explanation as to why the link between two names is being made in the catalogue or index.
    Ex: We have just stated that the linkage of varying titles and varying forms of entry have to be done on the same basis in an automated situation as in a manual situation.
    Ex: Note also, that the subdivided heading MUSIC -- AUSTRIA consists only of two pointers.
    Ex: My own definition of 'Hypermedia' is a system whereby audiovisual 'statements' can be used as bridges between materials that are conceptually related in some way.
    Ex: The authors suggest that there should be a bonding between and among governing agencies and local schools.
    Ex: It is important to make sure that there is close liaison between the cataloguing department and the order department, otherwise cards are liable to be ordered twice or in insufficient quantity to meet the total demand.
    Ex: Networking creates bonds where none may have existed and multiplies individual capabilities manifold.
    Ex: Today the link-up with television is obviously very useful indeed.
    Ex: These information centres function as ports of first call for officials stationed nearby, and also as relay points to the central collections.
    Ex: The author explores the nexus between record keeping and the execution of government 'watchdog' functions.
    * deterioro de los enlaces = link rot.
    * enlace cita = backlink.
    * enlace cita, enlace referencia, enlace de referencia = backlink.
    * enlace de comunicaciones = communications link.
    * enlace de comunicaciones vía satélite = satellite link.
    * enlace de referencia = backlink.
    * enlace de telecomunicaciones = telecommunications link.
    * enlace hipertextual inserto = embedded link.
    * enlace obsoleto = broken link, dead link.
    * enlace químico = chemical bond.
    * enlace referencia = backlink, outlink [out-link].
    * enlace referente = backlink, inlink [in-link].
    * enlace roto = broken link, dead link.
    * enlaces a sitios web = sitation.
    * puerta en enlace = gateway.
    * solventador de enlace = resolver.
    * vuelo de enlace = connecting flight.

    * * *
    A
    1 (conexión, unión) link
    enlace telefónico telephone link
    enlace por or vía satélite satellite link
    el enlace ferroviario/aéreo entre las dos ciudades the rail/air link between the two cities
    una partícula de enlace a linking o connecting particle
    2 (de vías, carreteras) intersection, junction
    Compuestos:
    ( Inf) weblink
    cloverleaf
    C (persona) liaison
    actúa de enlace entre … he acts as liaison o as a link between …, he liaises between … ( BrE)
    Compuesto:
    masculine and feminine ( Esp) shop steward, union rep
    D ( Quím) linkage, bond
    * * *

     

    Del verbo enlazar: ( conjugate enlazar)

    enlacé es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    enlace es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    enlace    
    enlazar
    enlace sustantivo masculino
    a) (conexión, unión) link

    b) (de vías, carreteras) intersection, junction

    c) tb




    enlazar ( conjugate enlazar) verbo transitivo
    1

    ‹ideas/temas› to link, connect
    b) ‹ cintas› to tie … together

    2 (Col, RPl) ‹res/caballo› to lasso, rope (AmE)
    3 (Méx frml) ( casar) to marry
    verbo intransitivo enlace con algo [tren/vuelo] to connect with sth;
    [ carretera] to link up with sth
    enlace sustantivo masculino
    1 (relación, ligazón) link, connection
    enlace químico, chemical bond
    2 frml (boda) wedding
    3 (persona de contacto) liaison
    4 Ferroc connection
    5 (de carreteras, autopistas) intersection, junction
    enlazar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to link [con, with/to], connect [con, with]
    ' enlace' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    boda
    - comunicación
    - nexo
    English:
    connection
    - liaison
    - link
    - union
    - interchange
    - liaise
    - rep
    - shuttle
    * * *
    enlace nm
    1. [conexión] link;
    el enlace ferroviario/aéreo entre París y Madrid the rail/air link between Paris and Madrid;
    un enlace vía satélite a satellite link o hook-up
    2. Informát [de hipertexto] link
    3. [persona] go-between;
    sirvió de enlace en las negociaciones he acted as mediator in the negotiations
    Esp enlace sindical shop steward
    4. Ferroc [empalme] connection;
    vía de enlace crossover, crossing
    5. Quím bond
    enlace covalente covalent bond;
    enlace de hidrógeno hydrogen bond;
    enlace iónico ionic bond;
    enlace químico chemical bond
    6. Formal [boda]
    * * *
    m link, connection
    * * *
    enlace nm
    1) : bond, link, connection
    2) : liaison
    * * *
    1. (conexión) link / connection
    2. (autobús, tren) connection
    3. (boda) marriage

    Spanish-English dictionary > enlace

  • 85 incremento

    m.
    1 increase.
    2 increment, build-up, increase, augmentation.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: incrementar.
    * * *
    1 increase, rise
    \
    incremento salarial wage rise, US raise
    * * *
    SM [de conocimiento] increase, gain; [de precio, sueldo, productividad] increase, rise
    * * *
    masculino (frml) increase
    * * *
    = increase, increment, rise, tide, blossoming, augmentation, increase in numbers, growth in number, surge, jump, upswing, widening, mark-up [markup].
    Ex. The term you have chosen indicates an increase in specificity, since it is one of the members of the group described by the basic term.
    Ex. The volume increment gives information about the numbering scheme for volumes.
    Ex. The rapid rise of computer literacy in the world has led to a demand for the easy availability of many kinds of information.
    Ex. What has happened is that yet another institution has so overlapped with our own that we are being swept along on the tide of the technological revolution.
    Ex. There has been a blossoming in new consumer health information services.
    Ex. If the budget will not permit staff augmentation, then the reference librarian must help the department head to make the most of available resources.
    Ex. The present increase in numbers of overseas students in Australia tertiary institutions has implications for libraries.
    Ex. The growth in number of national, regional and international agricultural organisations has resulted in a vast output of scientific and technical literature, issued in a wide variety of forms.
    Ex. The Internet is also creating a new surge of interest in information in all forms, and a revitalized interest in reading.
    Ex. One of these proposals, a large jump in the dues for students and retired members, was watered down before finally being passed.
    Ex. The author discusses the current upswing in paperback sales of children's books in the USA and the slump in hardback sales.
    Ex. Despite growth in export volume in recent years, there has been a widening of the national current account deficit from 8.8% to over 20%.
    Ex. Customers will be charged either a mark-up or a mark-down, depending on whether they are buying or selling.
    ----
    * incremento de = increased.
    * incremento de la demanda = increased demand.
    * incremento de la producción = increased production.
    * incremento del salto = jump increment.
    * incremento del uso = increased use.
    * incremento notable = rising tide.
    * incremento presupuestario = budget increase.
    * incremento salarial = salary increase.
    * por incremento gradual = incremental.
    * por incrementos graduales = incrementally.
    * * *
    masculino (frml) increase
    * * *
    = increase, increment, rise, tide, blossoming, augmentation, increase in numbers, growth in number, surge, jump, upswing, widening, mark-up [markup].

    Ex: The term you have chosen indicates an increase in specificity, since it is one of the members of the group described by the basic term.

    Ex: The volume increment gives information about the numbering scheme for volumes.
    Ex: The rapid rise of computer literacy in the world has led to a demand for the easy availability of many kinds of information.
    Ex: What has happened is that yet another institution has so overlapped with our own that we are being swept along on the tide of the technological revolution.
    Ex: There has been a blossoming in new consumer health information services.
    Ex: If the budget will not permit staff augmentation, then the reference librarian must help the department head to make the most of available resources.
    Ex: The present increase in numbers of overseas students in Australia tertiary institutions has implications for libraries.
    Ex: The growth in number of national, regional and international agricultural organisations has resulted in a vast output of scientific and technical literature, issued in a wide variety of forms.
    Ex: The Internet is also creating a new surge of interest in information in all forms, and a revitalized interest in reading.
    Ex: One of these proposals, a large jump in the dues for students and retired members, was watered down before finally being passed.
    Ex: The author discusses the current upswing in paperback sales of children's books in the USA and the slump in hardback sales.
    Ex: Despite growth in export volume in recent years, there has been a widening of the national current account deficit from 8.8% to over 20%.
    Ex: Customers will be charged either a mark-up or a mark-down, depending on whether they are buying or selling.
    * incremento de = increased.
    * incremento de la demanda = increased demand.
    * incremento de la producción = increased production.
    * incremento del salto = jump increment.
    * incremento del uso = increased use.
    * incremento notable = rising tide.
    * incremento presupuestario = budget increase.
    * incremento salarial = salary increase.
    * por incremento gradual = incremental.
    * por incrementos graduales = incrementally.

    * * *
    ( frml)
    (aumento) increase; (del salario) increase, increment
    * * *

     

    Del verbo incrementar: ( conjugate incrementar)

    incremento es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    incrementó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    incrementar    
    incremento
    incrementar ( conjugate incrementar) verbo transitivo (frml) to increase
    incremento sustantivo masculino (frml) increase
    incrementar verbo transitivo to increase
    incremento sustantivo masculino increase, growth
    incremento salarial, wage rise
    ' incremento' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    subida
    - aumento
    - multiplicación
    English:
    increase
    - increment
    - rise
    * * *
    [de precios, salario] increase, rise; [de actividad] increase; [de temperatura] rise incremento porcentual percentage increase
    * * *
    m growth
    * * *
    aumento: increase

    Spanish-English dictionary > incremento

  • 86 moral

    adj.
    moral.
    tienen el apoyo moral de todos nosotros they have our moral support
    f.
    1 morals, morality.
    moral estricta strict morals
    2 morale.
    su victoria nos dio mucha moral her win lifted our spirits o improved our morale
    estar bajo de moral to be in poor spirits
    levantarle o subirle la moral a alguien to lift somebody's spirits, to cheer somebody up
    3 mulberry tree, mulberry.
    4 blackberry bush.
    m.
    mulberry tree.
    * * *
    1 moral
    1 (reglas) morals plural
    2 (ánimo) morale, spirits plural
    \
    levantar la moral a alguien to boost somebody's morale, raise somebody's spirits
    estar bajo,-a de moral to be in low spirits
    estar con la moral por los suelos to be down in the dumps
    tener más moral que el Alcoyano to be a born optimist
    obligación moral moral duty
    ————————
    1 BOTÁNICA mulberry tree
    * * *
    1. noun f. 2. adj.
    * * *
    I
    SM (Bot) mulberry tree
    II
    1. ADJ
    1) (=ético) moral

    tenemos la obligación moral de ayudarle — we are morally obliged to help him, we have a moral obligation to help him

    2) (=espiritual) moral
    2. SF
    1) (=ética, moralidad) morality, morals pl

    la moral cristiana — Christian morality, Christian morals

    • doble moral — double standards pl

    • faltar a la moral — to behave immorally

    2) (=estado de ánimo) morale

    • tener baja la moral, estar bajo de moral — to feel a bit low

    • levantar la moral a algn — to raise sb's spirits o morale

    • la moral de las tropas estaba por los suelos — the morale of the troops was at rock bottom

    3) (=valor) moral courage
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo moral
    II
    masculino mulberry (tree)
    III
    1) (Fil, Relig)
    a) ( doctrina) moral doctrine
    b) ( moralidad) morality, morals (pl)
    2)
    a) ( estado de ánimo) morale

    levantarle la moral a alguien — to raise somebody's morale, lift somebody's spirits

    b) (arrojo, determinación) will
    * * *
    = moral, moral knowledge, morale, morality, sense of morality.
    Ex. Clear examples of such support were the abandoned forms SOCIAL AND MORAL CONDITIONS under Negroes and HISTORY AND CONDITION under women.
    Ex. P H Hirst defines eight such primary divisions of knowledge: mathematics, physical science, human science, history, moral knowledge, art, religion, philosophy.
    Ex. When they changed jobs, morale in public services fell immediately.
    Ex. A number of course leaders in the IT field regarded their lack of treatment of what might be termed morality of information provision as a drawback in their programmes.
    Ex. This article points to a warped sense of morality in which there is no such concept as 'theft' in some people's lexicon.
    ----
    * adoptar la postura moral correcta = take + the high ground.
    * apoyo moral = moral support.
    * asesor moral = guidance counsellor, ethicist.
    * autoridad moral, la = moral high ground, the.
    * bajar la moral = lower + morale.
    * carácter moral = moral character.
    * comportamiento moral = moral behaviour.
    * conducta moral = moral conduct.
    * corrupción moral = moral corruption.
    * deber moral = moral duty.
    * decadencia moral = moral decay.
    * degeneración moral = moral decay.
    * depravación moral = moral depravity.
    * doble moral = double standard.
    * hundirse la moral = morale + plummet.
    * iniquidad moral = moral turpitude.
    * integridad moral = moral character.
    * inyección de moral = shot in the arm.
    * juicio moral = moral judgement.
    * lavantar la moral = lift + Posesivo + spirits up.
    * mayoría moral, la = moral majority, the.
    * obligación moral = moral obligation.
    * palabras para levantar la moral = pep talk.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * principio moral = moral principle.
    * subir la moral = boost + Posesivo + morale, lift + morale, increase + morale, improve + morale, boost + Posesivo + confidence, bolster + confidence.
    * valor moral = moral value.
    * victoria moral = moral victory.
    * virtud moral = moral virtue.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo moral
    II
    masculino mulberry (tree)
    III
    1) (Fil, Relig)
    a) ( doctrina) moral doctrine
    b) ( moralidad) morality, morals (pl)
    2)
    a) ( estado de ánimo) morale

    levantarle la moral a alguien — to raise somebody's morale, lift somebody's spirits

    b) (arrojo, determinación) will
    * * *
    = moral, moral knowledge, morale, morality, sense of morality.

    Ex: Clear examples of such support were the abandoned forms SOCIAL AND MORAL CONDITIONS under Negroes and HISTORY AND CONDITION under women.

    Ex: P H Hirst defines eight such primary divisions of knowledge: mathematics, physical science, human science, history, moral knowledge, art, religion, philosophy.
    Ex: When they changed jobs, morale in public services fell immediately.
    Ex: A number of course leaders in the IT field regarded their lack of treatment of what might be termed morality of information provision as a drawback in their programmes.
    Ex: This article points to a warped sense of morality in which there is no such concept as 'theft' in some people's lexicon.
    * adoptar la postura moral correcta = take + the high ground.
    * apoyo moral = moral support.
    * asesor moral = guidance counsellor, ethicist.
    * autoridad moral, la = moral high ground, the.
    * bajar la moral = lower + morale.
    * carácter moral = moral character.
    * comportamiento moral = moral behaviour.
    * conducta moral = moral conduct.
    * corrupción moral = moral corruption.
    * deber moral = moral duty.
    * decadencia moral = moral decay.
    * degeneración moral = moral decay.
    * depravación moral = moral depravity.
    * doble moral = double standard.
    * hundirse la moral = morale + plummet.
    * iniquidad moral = moral turpitude.
    * integridad moral = moral character.
    * inyección de moral = shot in the arm.
    * juicio moral = moral judgement.
    * lavantar la moral = lift + Posesivo + spirits up.
    * mayoría moral, la = moral majority, the.
    * obligación moral = moral obligation.
    * palabras para levantar la moral = pep talk.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * principio moral = moral principle.
    * subir la moral = boost + Posesivo + morale, lift + morale, increase + morale, improve + morale, boost + Posesivo + confidence, bolster + confidence.
    * valor moral = moral value.
    * victoria moral = moral victory.
    * virtud moral = moral virtue.

    * * *
    A (ético) moral
    valores morales moral values
    tienes el deber/la obligación moral de denunciarlo you have a moral duty/obligation to report him
    la formación moral del individuo the moral education of the individual
    B (espiritual, psicológico) moral
    demostró tener gran fortaleza moral she showed that she possessed great moral strength o fiber
    no podemos brindarte más que apoyo moral we can only offer you moral support
    mulberry tree, mulberry
    A ( Fil, Relig)
    1 (doctrina) moral doctrine
    la moral cristiana the Christian doctrine
    2 (moralidad, ética) morality, morals (pl)
    faltar a la moral to commit an immoral act
    un lugar de dudosa moral a place of dubious morality
    B
    levantarle la moral a algn to raise sb's morale, lift sb's spirits
    estar bajo de moral to be feeling low
    han quedado con la moral por los suelos their morale has sunk to an all-time low o has hit rock bottom
    no pierdas la moral don't let things get you down
    tener más moral que el Alcoyano ( fam); to be very optimistic, to always look on the bright side
    2 (arrojo, determinación) will
    con una moral de acero with iron-willed determination
    * * *

    moral adjetivo
    moral
    ■ sustantivo femenino
    1 (Fil, Relig)


    2 ( estado de ánimo) morale;

    estar bajo de moral to be feeling low;
    tener la moral alta to be in good spirits
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    mulberry (tree)
    moral
    I adjetivo moral: hay unos principios morales que debemos observar, there are moral principles we should follow
    II sustantivo femenino
    1 (ética) morals pl: la moral de la época no era muy edificante, the morals of the time were not very uplifting
    2 (ánimo) morale, spirits pl: tengo la moral por los suelos, my spirits are very low
    ' moral' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apreciarse
    - bajeza
    - conciencia
    - corrupción
    - daño
    - decente
    - deuda
    - ética
    - grandeza
    - incapaz
    - lesión
    - minar
    - moraleja
    - orden
    - relajación
    - relajarse
    - repugnancia
    - respaldo
    - sangrar
    - satisfacción
    - virtud
    - alto
    - atentado
    - bajo
    - compromiso
    - decadente
    - desmoronarse
    - echar
    - fortaleza
    - levantar
    - mora
    - poder
    - principio
    - relajar
    - relajo
    - rígido
    - sano
    English:
    boost
    - dubious
    - duty
    - good
    - grit
    - loose
    - moral
    - morale
    - ought
    - pep talk
    - right
    - self-righteousness
    - slip
    - softness
    - stiffen
    - victory
    - code
    - goodness
    - pep
    - self
    - standard
    - virtue
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    1. [espiritual] moral;
    tienen el apoyo moral de todos nosotros they have our moral support;
    presentó una demanda por daños morales she made a claim for psychological damage
    2. [ético] moral;
    tengo la obligación moral de ayudarlos I am morally obliged to help them;
    no tiene autoridad moral para exigir mi dimisión she does not have the moral authority to demand my resignation
    ♦ nf
    1. [ética] morality;
    es un ejemplo de la doble moral del presidente it's an example of the president's double standards
    2. [ánimo] morale;
    su victoria nos dio mucha moral her win lifted our spirits o improved our morale;
    estar bajo de moral to be in poor spirits;
    levantarle o [m5] subirle la moral a alguien to lift sb's spirits, to cheer sb up;
    Esp Fam Hum
    tiene más moral que el Alcoyano she's not one to get downhearted easily
    moral2 nm
    [árbol] black mulberry tree
    * * *
    1
    I adj moral
    II f
    1 ( moralidad) morals pl
    2 ( ánimo) morale;
    estar bajo de moral be feeling low;
    2 m BOT mulberry tree
    * * *
    moral adj
    : moral
    ♦ moralmente adv
    moral nf
    1) moralidad: ethics, morality, morals pl
    2) ánimo: morale, spirits pl
    * * *
    moral1 adj moral
    moral2 n
    1. (principios) morality
    2. (ánimo) morale

    Spanish-English dictionary > moral

  • 87 rechazar

    v.
    1 to reject.
    el gobierno rechazó las acusaciones de corrupción the government rejected o denied the accusations of corruption
    Ellos rechazan el grano malo They reject the bad grain.
    4 to clear (sport).
    el portero rechazó la pelota y la mandó fuera the goalkeeper tipped the ball out of play
    5 to refuse, to pass up, to decline, to disregard.
    Ellos rechazan el café They refuse the coffee.
    6 to refuse to.
    Ellos rechazan comprar eso They refuse to buy that.
    7 to turn one's back on.
    8 to dishonor, to refuse to accept, to repudiate, to disavow.
    Ellos rechazan el reconocimiento They dishonor the recognition.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to reject, turn down, refuse
    2 (ataque) to repel, repulse, drive back
    3 MEDICINA to reject
    * * *
    verb
    1) to reject, decline
    * * *
    VT
    1) [+ persona] to push away; [+ ataque] to repel, beat off; [+ enemigo] to drive back
    2) [+ acusación, idea] to reject; [+ oferta] to turn down, refuse; [+ tentación] to resist
    3) [+ luz] to reflect; [+ agua] to throw off
    4) (Med) [+ órgano] to reject
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) <invitación/propuesta/individuo> to reject; <moción/enmienda> to defeat; <oferta/trabajo> to turn down
    b) <ataque/enemigo> to repel, repulse
    c) (Med) < órgano> to reject
    * * *
    = condemn, decline, discard, eschew, reject, set + aside, flinch at/from, refuse, negative, discountenance, repulse, shun, be hostile to, ditch, renounce, snub, nix, defeat, disavow, deselect, turn down, spurn, repudiate, fight off, hold off, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fend off, overrule, push aside, turn + Nombre + away.
    Ex. It must, however, also be considered as a major source of the 'subject index illusion' so trenchantly condemned by Bliss, as mentioned below.
    Ex. The title 'Unsolicited marginal gift collections: saying no or coping with the unwanted' deals with the problem of how to cope with collections which should have been declined, but were not.
    Ex. The dates should be checked regularly and updated so that old dates are discarded and new ones entered.
    Ex. However, most contributors to the debate about the future of SLIS have eschewed practicalities in favour of sweeping and dramatic generalizations.
    Ex. Any reliance on principles alone is rejected, and an attempt is made to codify experience.
    Ex. Such championship cannot be lightly set aside, nevertheless it is now quiet certain that 'bibliography', incorrect and unfortunate as it may be, is here to stay and the situation must be accepted.
    Ex. It is increasingly obvious that we are as a nation one and indivisible, that divisive tendencies are a thing of the past, but there are still too many inheritors of the old indifference, and who flinch at co-operation as at an evil.
    Ex. In this novel, if you remember, Henry Crawford, having been refused by the heroine Fanny, goes off and elopes with an old flame, Mrs Rushworth.
    Ex. Bough negatived the suggestion instantly.
    Ex. Balzac discountenanced virtually every idea Hernandez and children's librarian, Kate Lespran, had the courage to suggest.
    Ex. Leforte blew forth a long breath, as if trying to repulse the oppressive heat of the September morning.
    Ex. Traditionally these books have been shunned because of their fragile nature, but librarians are finding that a small collection can enliven story times.
    Ex. Although he recognized the need for some forms of synthesis, Bliss was hostile to the idea of complete analysis and synthesis put forward by Ranganathan.
    Ex. It is time that higher education institutions accepted the wisdom of collaboration and ditched, once and for all, the rhetoric of competition = Ya es hora de que las instituciones de enseñanza superior acepten la colaboración y rechacen, de una vez por todas, la competitividad.
    Ex. 'Classification by attraction', i.e. the placing of a subject as the most concrete element represented in it, without regard to the basic discipline concerned, is renounced = Se rechaza la "Clasificación por atracción", es decir, la asignación de una materia según el elemento más concreto representado en ella, sin tener en cuenta la disciplina en cuestión.
    Ex. Some black librarian see little progress towards race-neutral attitudes and finds themselves either directly or indirectly snubbed, patronised or completely ignored by users as well as staff members.
    Ex. This play was nixed by school officials on the grounds that the subject of sweatshops was not appropriate for that age group.
    Ex. The author focuses on the campaign of the Idaho Library Association to defeat this initiative.
    Ex. Feminists disavow biology & biologists who reduce human biology to anatomy.
    Ex. There is a need to provide public access to the Internet and to develop guidelines for selecting and deselecting appropriate resources.
    Ex. Public school, strapped for cash, find offers from advertising revenue hard to turn down.
    Ex. The government seems to spurns the architecture profession and there is a growing rift between architects who assert their utility and those who cleave to artistic prerogatives.
    Ex. The author attempts to repudiate Cherniavsky's argument to show that machine intelligence cannot equal human intelligence.
    Ex. These pillboxes were originally built to help fight off a Nazi invasion.
    Ex. A dam at the Strait of Gibraltar could be constructed to limit the outflow and reverse the climate deterioration, thus holding off the next ice age.
    Ex. International 'rules' are often dismissed with the wave of the hand or a snort of contempt one week, and gilded and placed on a pedestal the next.
    Ex. During the rutting season, they are used to fend off other males in an attempt to gather a harem of females to breed with.
    Ex. President Eisenhower overruled some of his military commanders in summer 1958, ordering them not to use nuclear weapons against China.
    Ex. She's just an airheaded bimbo, with an endless capacity to push aside unpleasant realities in favor of her more satisfying interests: young men and jewels.
    Ex. They will be patrolling in plain clothes to spot doormen who turn away people apparently on the basis of their ethnicity.
    ----
    * cheque + ser rechazado = cheque + bounce.
    * rechazar Algo/Alguien = turn + Nombre + down.
    * rechazar la responsabilidad = disclaim + responsibility.
    * rechazarse = go by + the board.
    * rechazar sin más = dismiss + out of hand.
    * rechazar una hipótesis = reject + hypothesis, negate + hypothesis.
    * rechazar una idea = turn + idea + down.
    * rechazar una ley = defeat + legislation.
    * rechazar una moción = defeat + motion.
    * rechazar una sugerencia = turn + idea + down.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) <invitación/propuesta/individuo> to reject; <moción/enmienda> to defeat; <oferta/trabajo> to turn down
    b) <ataque/enemigo> to repel, repulse
    c) (Med) < órgano> to reject
    * * *
    = condemn, decline, discard, eschew, reject, set + aside, flinch at/from, refuse, negative, discountenance, repulse, shun, be hostile to, ditch, renounce, snub, nix, defeat, disavow, deselect, turn down, spurn, repudiate, fight off, hold off, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fend off, overrule, push aside, turn + Nombre + away.

    Ex: It must, however, also be considered as a major source of the 'subject index illusion' so trenchantly condemned by Bliss, as mentioned below.

    Ex: The title 'Unsolicited marginal gift collections: saying no or coping with the unwanted' deals with the problem of how to cope with collections which should have been declined, but were not.
    Ex: The dates should be checked regularly and updated so that old dates are discarded and new ones entered.
    Ex: However, most contributors to the debate about the future of SLIS have eschewed practicalities in favour of sweeping and dramatic generalizations.
    Ex: Any reliance on principles alone is rejected, and an attempt is made to codify experience.
    Ex: Such championship cannot be lightly set aside, nevertheless it is now quiet certain that 'bibliography', incorrect and unfortunate as it may be, is here to stay and the situation must be accepted.
    Ex: It is increasingly obvious that we are as a nation one and indivisible, that divisive tendencies are a thing of the past, but there are still too many inheritors of the old indifference, and who flinch at co-operation as at an evil.
    Ex: In this novel, if you remember, Henry Crawford, having been refused by the heroine Fanny, goes off and elopes with an old flame, Mrs Rushworth.
    Ex: Bough negatived the suggestion instantly.
    Ex: Balzac discountenanced virtually every idea Hernandez and children's librarian, Kate Lespran, had the courage to suggest.
    Ex: Leforte blew forth a long breath, as if trying to repulse the oppressive heat of the September morning.
    Ex: Traditionally these books have been shunned because of their fragile nature, but librarians are finding that a small collection can enliven story times.
    Ex: Although he recognized the need for some forms of synthesis, Bliss was hostile to the idea of complete analysis and synthesis put forward by Ranganathan.
    Ex: It is time that higher education institutions accepted the wisdom of collaboration and ditched, once and for all, the rhetoric of competition = Ya es hora de que las instituciones de enseñanza superior acepten la colaboración y rechacen, de una vez por todas, la competitividad.
    Ex: 'Classification by attraction', i.e. the placing of a subject as the most concrete element represented in it, without regard to the basic discipline concerned, is renounced = Se rechaza la "Clasificación por atracción", es decir, la asignación de una materia según el elemento más concreto representado en ella, sin tener en cuenta la disciplina en cuestión.
    Ex: Some black librarian see little progress towards race-neutral attitudes and finds themselves either directly or indirectly snubbed, patronised or completely ignored by users as well as staff members.
    Ex: This play was nixed by school officials on the grounds that the subject of sweatshops was not appropriate for that age group.
    Ex: The author focuses on the campaign of the Idaho Library Association to defeat this initiative.
    Ex: Feminists disavow biology & biologists who reduce human biology to anatomy.
    Ex: There is a need to provide public access to the Internet and to develop guidelines for selecting and deselecting appropriate resources.
    Ex: Public school, strapped for cash, find offers from advertising revenue hard to turn down.
    Ex: The government seems to spurns the architecture profession and there is a growing rift between architects who assert their utility and those who cleave to artistic prerogatives.
    Ex: The author attempts to repudiate Cherniavsky's argument to show that machine intelligence cannot equal human intelligence.
    Ex: These pillboxes were originally built to help fight off a Nazi invasion.
    Ex: A dam at the Strait of Gibraltar could be constructed to limit the outflow and reverse the climate deterioration, thus holding off the next ice age.
    Ex: International 'rules' are often dismissed with the wave of the hand or a snort of contempt one week, and gilded and placed on a pedestal the next.
    Ex: During the rutting season, they are used to fend off other males in an attempt to gather a harem of females to breed with.
    Ex: President Eisenhower overruled some of his military commanders in summer 1958, ordering them not to use nuclear weapons against China.
    Ex: She's just an airheaded bimbo, with an endless capacity to push aside unpleasant realities in favor of her more satisfying interests: young men and jewels.
    Ex: They will be patrolling in plain clothes to spot doormen who turn away people apparently on the basis of their ethnicity.
    * cheque + ser rechazado = cheque + bounce.
    * rechazar Algo/Alguien = turn + Nombre + down.
    * rechazar la responsabilidad = disclaim + responsibility.
    * rechazarse = go by + the board.
    * rechazar sin más = dismiss + out of hand.
    * rechazar una hipótesis = reject + hypothesis, negate + hypothesis.
    * rechazar una idea = turn + idea + down.
    * rechazar una ley = defeat + legislation.
    * rechazar una moción = defeat + motion.
    * rechazar una sugerencia = turn + idea + down.

    * * *
    rechazar [A4 ]
    vt
    1 ‹invitación/propuesta› to reject; ‹oferta/trabajo› to turn down
    la moción fue rechazada the motion was defeated
    rechazó su proposición de matrimonio she rejected o turned down his proposal of marriage
    se sienten rechazados por la sociedad they feel rejected by society
    2 ‹ataque/enemigo› to repel, repulse
    3 ‹luz› to reflect
    4 ( Med) ‹órgano› to reject
    * * *

     

    rechazar ( conjugate rechazar) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹invitación/propuesta/individuo› to reject;

    ‹moción/enmienda› to defeat;
    ‹oferta/trabajo› to turn down
    b) ‹ataque/enemigo› to repel, repulse

    c) (Med) ‹ órgano› to reject

    rechazar verbo transitivo
    1 (una idea, un plan, a una persona) to reject
    (oferta, contrato) to turn down
    2 Med (un órgano) to reject
    3 Mil to repel
    ' rechazar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    barrer
    - declinar
    - negar
    - definitivamente
    - desechar
    - despreciar
    - plano
    English:
    beat off
    - brush off
    - decline
    - defeat
    - deny
    - disallow
    - dismiss
    - fend off
    - fight off
    - head-hunt
    - offer
    - refuse
    - reject
    - repudiate
    - repulse
    - shun
    - snub
    - spurn
    - stave off
    - sweep aside
    - turn away
    - turn down
    - ward off
    - wave aside
    - fend
    - fight
    - hand
    - over
    - parry
    - rebuff
    - repel
    - throw
    - turn
    - ward
    - wave
    * * *
    1. [no aceptar] to reject;
    [oferta, invitación] to turn down, to reject
    2. [negar] to deny;
    el gobierno rechazó las acusaciones de corrupción the government rejected o denied the accusations of corruption;
    rechazó que vaya a presentarse a la presidencia he denied that he was going to run for the presidency
    3. [órgano] to reject;
    el paciente rechazó el órgano the patient rejected the organ
    4. [repeler] [a una persona] to push away;
    [a atacantes] to drive back, to repel;
    rechazaron el ataque de los enemigos they repelled the enemy attack
    5. Dep to clear;
    el portero rechazó la pelota y la mandó fuera the goalkeeper tipped the ball out of play
    * * *
    v/t reject; MIL repel
    * * *
    rechazar {21} vt
    1) : to reject
    2) : to turn down, to refuse
    * * *
    rechazar vb to reject / to turn down

    Spanish-English dictionary > rechazar

  • 88 suponer

    v.
    1 to suppose.
    supongo que ya habrán llegado I suppose o expect (that) they'll have arrived by now
    supongo que sí/no I suppose o expect so/not
    supongamos que me niego supposing I refuse
    es de suponer que se disculparán I would expect them to apologize
    suponiendo que… supposing o assuming that…
    María supone bien Mary supposes well.
    Esto supone un riesgo This entails a risk.
    2 to involve, to entail.
    Supone muchos peligros It involves much danger.
    3 to mean.
    4 to imagine.
    lo suponía I guessed as much
    te suponía mayor I thought you were older
    5 to be important.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ PONER], like link=poner poner (pp supuesto,-a)
    1 (gen) to suppose, assume
    2 (significar) to mean
    3 (conllevar) to mean, entail, require
    4 (adivinar) to guess; (imaginar) to imagine, think
    5 (creer) to think
    1 familiar supposition
    \
    como es de suponer as is to be expected
    ser de suponer to be likely
    * * *
    verb
    1) to suppose, presume
    * * *
    ( pp supuesto)
    1. VT
    1) (=imaginar) to imagine

    estoy muy satisfecho, como puedes suponer — I'm very pleased, as you can imagine

    ya puedes suponer lo que pasó — you can guess o imagine what happened

    le pagaron, supongamos, diez millones — he was paid, say, ten million

    • es de suponer, es de suponer que haya protestas — I would imagine there will be protests, presumably there will be protests

    están muy apenados, como es de suponer — they are very upset, as you would expect

    como era de suponer, llegaron tarde — as was to be expected, they arrived late

    2)

    • suponer que — [intentando adivinar] to imagine that, suppose that, guess that *; [como hipótesis] to suppose that; [dando por sentado] to assume that, presume that

    supongo que necesitaréis unas vacaciones — I imagine o suppose you'll need a holiday, I guess you'll need a holiday *

    sí, supongo que tienes razón — yes, I suppose you're right, yes, I guess you're right *

    supón que tuvieras mucho dinero, ¿qué harías? — suppose o supposing you had a lot of money, what would you do?

    suponiendo que todo salga según lo previsto — assuming o presuming everything goes according to plan

    • supongo que no, -¿crees que llegará tarde? -no lo sé, supongo que no — "do you think he'll be late?" - "I don't know, I don't suppose so"

    -no será fácil -no, supongo que no — "it won't be easy" - "no, I suppose not"

    • supongo que sí — I suppose so, I imagine so, I guess so *

    3) (=atribuir)
    [con objeto indirecto de persona]

    os suponía informados de este asunto — I assumed o presumed you had been informed about this matter

    le supongo unos 60 años — I would say o guess he's about 60

    se le supone una gran antigüedad — it is thought o believed to be very old

    4) (=implicar) to mean
    2.
    See:
    3.
    SM

    • un suponer, a ver, un suponer, si tú fueras su marido, ¿qué harías? — OK, just supposing you were her husband, what would you do?

    si te ofrecen el puesto, es un suponer, ¿lo aceptarías? — supposing o suppose they were to offer you the job, would you accept?

    supongamos, es solo un suponer, que eso sea verdad — let us suppose, for the sake of argument, that it is true

    * * *
    I

    si quebraran, es un suponer,... — suppose o supposing they were to go bankrupt,...

    si, es un suponer, perdieses tu trabajo... — just supposing for the sake of argument that you were to lose your job

    II
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar como hipótesis) to suppose, assume

    supongamos que lo que dice es cierto — let's suppose o assume what he says is true

    supongamos que los dos ángulos son iguales — let us suppose o assume that both angles are equal

    b) ( imaginar)

    nada hacía suponer que... — there was nothing to suggest that...

    ¿va a venir hoy? - supongo que sí — is she coming today? - I should think so o I imagine so

    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho — presumably o I should think o I would imagine he's been told

    c) ( atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    le suponía más edad — I imagined o thought he was older

    se le suponía un valor aproximado de... — it was thought to be worth approximately...

    2) (significar, implicar) to mean

    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio — that would mean having to start from the beginning again; (+ me/te/le etc)

    * * *
    = assume, entail, guess, involve, mean, presume, surmise, suppose, gather, account for.
    Ex. The foregoing discussion concerning analytical entries assumes implicitly a conventional catalogue format, that is, card, microform or other printed catalogue.
    Ex. Secondly, the admission of rules incompatible with the general ideology adopted inevitably entails subsequent remedial revision.
    Ex. 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.
    Ex. Generating author indexes or catalogues involves creating headings from author's names, that is the names of persons or organisations.
    Ex. These changes have meant modifications, some very time-consuming, to serials catalogues in libraries.
    Ex. We presumed this principle of organization in the case of searching the public library for a document about programmed instruction.
    Ex. One is to read a portion of the newspaper and to surmise under what headings it has been indexed.
    Ex. Suppose we are searching for information about the subject 'The use of television in remedial teaching in primary schools'.
    Ex. The script was improvised on an outline which, I gathered, was the result of three sessions' hard talking to decide whose ideas out of the many suggested should be used.
    Ex. The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.
    ----
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * es de suponer que = presumably.
    * gastos que no suponen un gran desembolso de dinero = out-of-pocket costs.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * que supone = associated with.
    * según cabe suponer = presumably, supposedly.
    * según sabe suponer = allegedly.
    * suponer la diferencia entre el éxito o el fracaso = make or break.
    * suponer peligro = hold + danger.
    * suponerse que + Subjuntivo = be alleged + Infinitivo.
    * suponer una avance sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer una diferencia sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer un avance = be a step forward.
    * suponer un cambio = bring about + change.
    * supongo que = I daresay that.
    * * *
    I

    si quebraran, es un suponer,... — suppose o supposing they were to go bankrupt,...

    si, es un suponer, perdieses tu trabajo... — just supposing for the sake of argument that you were to lose your job

    II
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( tomar como hipótesis) to suppose, assume

    supongamos que lo que dice es cierto — let's suppose o assume what he says is true

    supongamos que los dos ángulos son iguales — let us suppose o assume that both angles are equal

    b) ( imaginar)

    nada hacía suponer que... — there was nothing to suggest that...

    ¿va a venir hoy? - supongo que sí — is she coming today? - I should think so o I imagine so

    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho — presumably o I should think o I would imagine he's been told

    c) ( atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    le suponía más edad — I imagined o thought he was older

    se le suponía un valor aproximado de... — it was thought to be worth approximately...

    2) (significar, implicar) to mean

    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio — that would mean having to start from the beginning again; (+ me/te/le etc)

    * * *
    = assume, entail, guess, involve, mean, presume, surmise, suppose, gather, account for.

    Ex: The foregoing discussion concerning analytical entries assumes implicitly a conventional catalogue format, that is, card, microform or other printed catalogue.

    Ex: Secondly, the admission of rules incompatible with the general ideology adopted inevitably entails subsequent remedial revision.
    Ex: 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.
    Ex: Generating author indexes or catalogues involves creating headings from author's names, that is the names of persons or organisations.
    Ex: These changes have meant modifications, some very time-consuming, to serials catalogues in libraries.
    Ex: We presumed this principle of organization in the case of searching the public library for a document about programmed instruction.
    Ex: One is to read a portion of the newspaper and to surmise under what headings it has been indexed.
    Ex: Suppose we are searching for information about the subject 'The use of television in remedial teaching in primary schools'.
    Ex: The script was improvised on an outline which, I gathered, was the result of three sessions' hard talking to decide whose ideas out of the many suggested should be used.
    Ex: The major four categories of physical forms outlined so far account for most of the published indexes and catalogues.
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * es de suponer que = presumably.
    * gastos que no suponen un gran desembolso de dinero = out-of-pocket costs.
    * no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * que supone = associated with.
    * según cabe suponer = presumably, supposedly.
    * según sabe suponer = allegedly.
    * suponer la diferencia entre el éxito o el fracaso = make or break.
    * suponer peligro = hold + danger.
    * suponerse que + Subjuntivo = be alleged + Infinitivo.
    * suponer una avance sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer una diferencia sobre = move + one away from.
    * suponer un avance = be a step forward.
    * suponer un cambio = bring about + change.
    * supongo que = I daresay that.

    * * *
    imagínate que te toca la lotería, es un suponer, ¿qué harías? imagine you won the lottery, just supposing, what would you do?
    si la empresa quebrara, es un suponer, … just suppose o just supposing the company were to go bankrupt, …, if the company were to go bankrupt, just for the sake of argument, …
    suponer2 [ E22 ]
    vt
    A
    supongamos que lo que dice es cierto let's suppose o assume what he says is true
    suponiendo que todo salga como está previsto assuming everything goes according to plan
    supongamos que los dos ángulos son iguales let us suppose o assume that both angles are equal
    ni aun suponiendo que fuera verdad, no tiene derecho a hablar así even supposing it were true, he has no right to talk like that
    2
    (imaginar): supuse que ibas a comprarlo tú I thought o presumed o assumed you were going to buy it
    supongo que tienes razón I suppose you're right
    nada hacía suponer que ocurriría una cosa así there was nothing to suggest o there was no reason to suppose that something like that would happen
    ¿va a venir hoy? — supongo que sí is she coming today? — I should think so o I imagine so
    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho presumably o I should think o I would assume o I would imagine he's been told
    era de suponer que se lo iban a dar it was to be expected that they would give it to him
    se supone que tendría que empezar a las nueve it's supposed to start at nine
    ¿dónde se supone que vamos? where are we supposed o meant to be going?
    3 (atribuir) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le suponía más edad I imagined o thought he was older
    se le suponen propiedades medicinales it is believed o held to have medicinal qualities
    al cuadro se le suponía un valor aproximado de … the painting was thought to be worth approximately …
    B (significar, implicar) to mean
    el proyecto supondrá una inversión de cinco millones de dólares the project will mean an investment of five million dollars
    la preparación del congreso supuso cinco meses de trabajo the preparation for the convention involved o took five months' work
    eso supondría tener que empezar desde el principio that would mean having to start from the beginning again
    (+ me/te/le etc): ese negocio no le supuso ningún beneficio that deal didn't make him any profit
    no me supone problema ninguno/ninguna molestia it's no trouble at all
    el traslado nos va a suponer muchos inconvenientes the move will cause us a great deal of inconvenience, the move will mean o will involve a great deal of inconvenience
    * * *

     

    suponer ( conjugate suponer) verbo transitivo
    1

    ◊ supongamos que lo que dice es cierto let's suppose o assume what he says is true;

    suponiendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes OK
    b) ( imaginar):


    ¿va a venir hoy? — supongo que sí is she coming today? — I should think so o I suppose so;
    es de suponer que se lo habrán dicho presumably o I should think he's been told;
    se supone que empieza a las nueve it's supposed to start at nine
    2 (significar, implicar) to mean;

    suponer verbo transitivo
    1 (creer, imaginar) to suppose: supongamos que..., let's assume o suppose that...
    supongo que me llamarán, I presume they're going to phone me
    supongo que sí, I suppose so
    se supone que acaba a las seis, it's supposed to finish at six
    se supone que él es el entendido, he's supposed to be the expert
    te suponía en París, I thought you were in Paris
    2 (conllevar, significar) to mean, involve: no supone ningún riesgo, it doesn't involve any risk
    (la amistad, el aprecio) to mean ➣ Ver nota en mean
    ♦ Locuciones: ser de suponer: es de suponer que se lo han contado, presumably o I would imagine she's been told
    ser un suponer, to be conjecture
    ' suponer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    condicionamiento
    - creer
    - esperar
    - hacer
    - imaginar
    - imaginarse
    - jugar
    - significar
    - asumir
    - supuse
    English:
    assume
    - entail
    - expect
    - guess
    - imagine
    - imply
    - involve
    - mean
    - pose
    - presumably
    - presume
    - suppose
    - surmise
    - take
    - say
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    imagino que nos invitarán – eso es un suponer I imagine they'll invite us – that's pure conjecture o you can't say for sure;
    imagina, y es un suponer, que te quedas sin dinero imagine, for the sake of argument, that you didn't have any money
    ♦ vt
    1. [creer, presuponer] to suppose;
    supongo que ya habrán llegado I suppose o expect (that) they'll have arrived by now;
    supongo que tienes razón I suppose o guess you're right;
    supongo que sí/no I suppose o expect so/not;
    supongamos que me niego supposing I refuse;
    es de suponer que se disculparán I would expect them to apologize;
    es de suponer una nueva bajada de los tipos de interés a further drop in interest rates seems likely, we can expect a further drop in interest rates;
    al final lo perdí todo – era de suponer in the end I lost everything – it was only to be expected o that's hardly surprising;
    nada hacía suponer que… there was nothing to suggest that…;
    todo hacía suponer que se llegaría a un acuerdo everything pointed to an agreement;
    suponiendo que… supposing o assuming that…;
    suponiendo que no te moleste as long as o assuming it doesn't bother you
    2. [implicar] to involve, to entail;
    una dieta así supone mucho sacrificio a diet like that involves a lot of sacrifices;
    esto nos supone un cambio de planes this involves o entails o means a change of plan for us;
    no me supuso ningún esfuerzo it was no trouble (for me)
    3. [significar] to mean;
    supone mucho para mí it means a lot to me;
    este descubrimiento supone un importante avance para la ciencia this discovery constitutes a major advance for science
    4. [conjeturar] to imagine;
    lo suponía I guessed as much;
    te suponía mayor I thought you were older
    * * *
    <part supuesto> v/t suppose, assume;
    supongamos que … let’s suppose o assume that …;
    supongo que sí I suppose so
    * * *
    suponer {60} vt
    1) presumir: to suppose, to assume
    supongo que sí: I guess so, I suppose so
    se supone que van a llegar mañana: they're supposed to arrive tomorrow
    2) : to imply, to suggest
    3) : to involve, to entail
    el éxito supone mucho trabajo: success involves a lot of work
    * * *
    1. (creer) to suppose / to expect
    2. (significar) to mean [pt. & pp. meant]
    3. (implicar, conllevar) to involve / to be
    supongamos que... supposing...

    Spanish-English dictionary > suponer

  • 89 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 90 amplissime

    amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).
    I.
    Lit.:

    amplus et spectu protervo ferox,

    Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:

    qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:

    ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,

    Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:

    admodum amplum et excelsum signum,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 74:

    collis castris parum amplus,

    Sall. J. 98, 3:

    porticibus in amplis,

    Verg. A. 3, 353:

    per amplum mittimur Elysium,

    id. ib. 6, 743:

    vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,

    id. ib. 1, 725:

    nil vulva pulchrius ampla,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:

    amplae aures,

    Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:

    milium amplum grano,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:

    cubiculum amplum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:

    baptisterium amplum atque opacum,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:

    quanto est res amplior,

    Lucr. 2, 1133:

    Amplior Urgo et Capraria,

    Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:

    avis paulo amplior passere,

    id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:

    amplior specie mortali,

    Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:

    amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:

    urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,

    id. Agr. 2, 76:

    amplissimum peristylum,

    id. Dom. 116:

    (candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,

    id. Verr. 4, 65:

    mons Italiae amplissimus,

    Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:

    amplissimum flumen,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:

    amplissimus lacus,

    id. ib. 10, 41, 2:

    amplissima insula,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:

    amplissimi horti,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:

    amplissima arborum,

    Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:

    est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,

    id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:

    amplissimum cubiculum,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—
    B.
    Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:

    pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,

    Lucr. 5, 944:

    ampla civitas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:

    civitas ampla atque florens,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 3:

    gens ampla,

    Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:

    amplae copiae,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19:

    ampla manus militum,

    Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:

    pecuaria res ampla,

    Cic. Quinct. 12:

    res familiaris ampla,

    id. Phil. 13, 8:

    (res) ampla,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:

    patrimonium amplum et copiosum,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:

    amplae divitiae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:

    esse patri ejus amplas facultates,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:

    in amplis opibus heres,

    Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:

    amplior numerus,

    Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:

    ampliores aquae,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:

    amplior exercitus,

    Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    commeatus spe amplior,

    Sall. J. 75, 8:

    amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:

    pretia ampliora,

    Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:

    omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:

    ampliores noctes,

    Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:

    ut ampliori tempore maneret,

    Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:

    peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,

    Cic. Font. 8:

    exercitus amplissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:

    amplissima pecunia,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:

    amplissimae fortunae,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:

    amplissimae patrimonii copiae,

    id. Fl. 89:

    amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:

    opes amplissimae,

    id. ib. 8, 18, 4:

    amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,

    the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:

    ut quirem exaudire amplius,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:

    jam amplius orat,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 19:

    daturus non sum amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:

    non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:

    tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:

    ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:

    etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,

    Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:

    hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1:

    si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:

    omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,

    Vell. 2, 110, 3:

    Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 76:

    illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,

    Nep. Thras. 4, 3:

    amplius possidere,

    Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:

    Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,

    Curt. 8, 4, 21:

    dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:

    cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,

    id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:

    gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,

    Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:

    te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,

    Cat. 39, 21:

    amplius frumenti auferre,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 49:

    expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,

    id. Fl. 6, 8:

    amplius negotii contrahi,

    id. Cat. 4, 9:

    si amplius obsidum vellet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:

    quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,

    id. B. C. 3, 25.—
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:

    pro viribus amplis,

    Lucr. 5, 1174:

    amplae vires peditum,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;

    ampla nepotum Spes,

    Prop. 4, 22, 41:

    poena sera, sed ampla,

    full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:

    haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:

    si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 50:

    amplior metus,

    Cic. Clu. 128:

    amplior potentia feris,

    Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:

    ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,

    Quint. 2, 3, 4:

    amplior eoque acrior impetus,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    spes amplior,

    Sall. J. 105, 4:

    amplius accipietis judicium,

    severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:

    amplior auctoritas,

    Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:

    amplior virtus,

    higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:

    idem aut amplior cultus (dei),

    Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:

    amplior est quaestio,

    Quint. 3, 5, 8:

    ampliora verba,

    of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:

    quo legatis animus amplior esset,

    Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:

    spiritus amplior,

    Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:

    (honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 41:

    cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,

    very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:

    amplissima spes,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    his finis cognitionis amplissimae,

    most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—
    B.
    Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:

    illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,

    great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:

    haec ampla sunt, haec divina,

    Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:

    res gestae satis amplae,

    Sall. C. 8, 2:

    cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,

    Cic. Mil. 57:

    ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,

    Tac. A. 14, 53:

    amplum in modum praemia ostentare,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:

    amplis honoribus usi,

    Sall. J. 25, 4:

    amplis honoribus auctos,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:

    amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,

    a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:

    spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,

    glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:

    ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:

    praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,

    id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:

    alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,

    id. Sest. 27:

    in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,

    id. Marcell. 4:

    corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),

    Quint. 12, 10, 5:

    ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,

    Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:

    in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,

    of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:

    ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:

    hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:

    alicui amplissimas potestates dare,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31:

    insignibus amplissimis ornatus,

    id. ib. 2, 101:

    dona amplissima conferre,

    Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:

    praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:

    spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,

    id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:

    velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,

    Quint. 10, 7, 1:

    munera amplissima mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:

    laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,

    id. Pis. 74:

    laudibus amplissimis adficere,

    id. Phil. 7, 11:

    amplissimam gloriam consequi,

    id. Prov. Cons. 39:

    ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,

    id. Deiot. 14:

    amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:

    amplissimis uti honoribus,

    Cic. Fl. 45:

    amplissimos honores adipisci,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    honores adsequi amplissimos,

    id. Mil. 81:

    aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,

    id. Am. 20, 73:

    meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,

    id. Imp. Pomp 2:

    mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,

    in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:

    ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,

    id. Phil. 1, 3:

    provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,

    Suet. Caes. 16:

    amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:

    de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,

    id. Dom. 74:

    quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),

    Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—
    C.
    In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:

    quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,

    great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:

    omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:

    convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,

    id. Phil. 3, 20:

    hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,

    small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:

    amplis doctoribus instructus,

    Tac. A. 14, 52:

    sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:

    cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    ampliores ordines,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:

    nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    quid amplius facitis?

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:

    ex amplissimo genere nubere,

    Cic. Cael. 34:

    amplissimo genere natus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12:

    amplissimos patruos habere,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 147:

    amplissima civitas,

    id. Verr. 5, 122:

    apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,

    id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:

    mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,

    id. Sest. 5:

    licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplissimis operibus increscere,

    id. ib. 8, 4, 3:

    honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,

    Cic. Sen. 2:

    amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,

    id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:

    promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:

    praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,

    Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:

    spes amplissimae dignitatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—
    D.
    Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:

    is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:

    homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,

    id. Mur. 8:

    P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,

    id. Caecin. 69:

    ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:

    Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 63:

    vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,

    id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:

    exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,

    id. Deiot. 5, 14:

    cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),

    id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:

    in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,

    id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:

    comitatus virorum amplissimorum,

    id. Sull. 9:

    viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,

    id. Verr. 3, 18:

    ordinis amplissimi esse,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:

    cives amplissimos legare,

    Cic. Balb. 42:

    hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,

    id. Verr. 3, 96:

    amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,

    id. Rep. 1, 6; so,

    amplissimo praeditus magistratu,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:

    amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,

    id. Vesp. 9:

    amplissimum collegium decemvirale,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:

    an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 3:

    amplissimum sacerdotium,

    id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:

    sacerdotium amplissimum,

    id. Verr. 2, 127.—
    E.
    As rhet. epithet:

    amplus orator,

    one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:

    herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,

    grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:

    amplius compositionis genus,

    more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.
    I.
    Lit.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    benigne ei largi atque ampliter,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,

    Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:

    extructam ampliter mensam,

    Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:

    opsonato ampliter,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:

    adpositum est ampliter,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:

    acceptus hilare atque ampliter,

    id. Merc. prol. 98:

    modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,

    id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:

    parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,

    not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—
    b.
    Form amplē:

    exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med. —
    II.
    Trop., fully, handsomely.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    ampliter dicere,

    fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:

    laudare ampliter,

    id. 2, 6, 11.—
    b.
    Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,

    elate ampleque loqui,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:

    satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,

    full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.
    a.
    In gen.:

    deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,

    Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:

    cui amplius male faxim,

    id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:

    etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 40:

    multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 49:

    quo populum servare potissit amplius,

    Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:

    At ego amplius dico,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 26:

    amplius posse,

    Sall. J. 69, 2:

    armis amplius valere,

    id. ib. 111, 1:

    si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 953:

    tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?

    besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:

    Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,

    Sall. J. 44, 5:

    felices ter et amplius,

    Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:

    binas aut amplius domos continuare,

    Sall. C. 20, 11:

    ter nec amplius,

    Suet. Caes. 25:

    cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),

    Quint. 12, 11, 24:

    multa promi amplius possunt,

    Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:

    si studere amplius possum,

    Quint. 6, prooem. 4:

    auram communem amplius haurire potui?

    id. 6, prooem. 12:

    sagum, quod amplius est,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—
    b.
    And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.
    (α).
    With quid, etc.:

    Quid faciam amplius?

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:

    quid dicam amplius?

    Quint. 8, 4, 7:

    quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?

    Cic. Verr. 3, 60:

    quid quaeris amplius?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:

    quid vultis amplius?

    id. Mil. 35:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    quid exspectatis amplius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 174:

    quid amplius exspectabo,

    Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:

    quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?

    Cic. Caecin. 25:

    quid amplius laboremus?

    Quint. 8, prooem. 31:

    quid habet amplius homo?

    Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:

    quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:

    quid amplius debeam optare?

    Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:

    quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?

    more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:

    Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:

    si quid amplius scit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    si quid ego addidero amplius,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:

    si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:

    hoc amplius si quid poteris,

    any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:

    de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,

    id. 1, 1, 8:

    Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:

    his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,

    Quint. 9, 3, 15;

    so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,

    Suet. Calig. 15:

    quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,

    Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:

    quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?

    Cat. 76, 10.—
    (β).
    With nihil, etc.:

    habet nihil amplius quam lutum,

    Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:

    nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,

    Quint. 7, 1, 64:

    nihil enim dixit amplius,

    Cic. Deiot. 21:

    Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,

    I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:

    nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,

    id. Planc. 96:

    nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,

    id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:

    vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:

    si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,

    Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):

    Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,

    id. Marcell. 6, 17:

    amplius nihil respondit,

    Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:

    nihil amplius addens,

    ib. Deut. 5, 22:

    nihil noverunt amplius,

    ib. Eccl. 9, 5:

    nihil amplius optet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:

    nihil amplius potes,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,

    this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:

    ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,

    Suet. Aug. 2:

    si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,

    Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:

    non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:

    verbum non amplius addam,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:

    non amplius me objurgabis,

    Quint. 5, 10, 47:

    non amplius posse,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:

    non habent amplius quid faciant,

    Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:

    amplius illa jam non inveniet,

    ib. Apoc. 18, 14:

    studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,

    Tac. Or. 5:

    extra me non est alia amplius,

    Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:

    neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:

    neque va dari amplius neque etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 23:

    nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,

    Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:

    nec irascar amplius,

    Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:

    ne amplius dona petas,

    Cat. 68, 14:

    urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,

    Lucr. 4, 874;

    ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,

    Suet. Gram. 17:

    ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,

    Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;

    3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 17:

    ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,

    ib. Deut. 17, 16:

    nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,

    ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—
    (γ).
    With nemo:

    cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:

    cum amplius nemo occurreret,

    nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,

    neminem amplius viderunt,

    Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:

    nemo emet amplius,

    no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—
    c.
    With numerals and numeral forms.
    (α).
    Without quam:

    amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,

    Cat. 69, 3:

    horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 95:

    amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,

    Sall. C. 59, 6:

    me non amplius novem annos nato,

    Nep. Hann. 2, 3:

    per annos amplius quadraginta,

    Suet. Aug. 72; 32:

    quid si tandem amplius triennium est?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:

    Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,

    Verg. A. 1, 683:

    inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:

    reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,

    id. ib. 1, 28;

    2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:

    huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?

    id. ib. 5, 7, 3:

    cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:

    victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,

    Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:

    ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,

    Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:

    qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,

    Cic. Fl. 63:

    pugnatum duas amplius horas,

    Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:

    duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,

    id. 28, 2:

    decem amplius versus perdidimus,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:

    tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,

    Verg. E. 3, 105.—
    (β).
    With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):

    cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:

    pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,

    Liv. 27, 12:

    neque triennio amplius supervixit,

    Suet. Caes. 89:

    uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;

    6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:

    est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:

    ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,

    Sall. J. 91, 3:

    (Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,

    id. C. 56, 2; so,

    denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,

    id. J. 80, 7.—

    And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,

    Sall. J. 105, 3:

    oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,

    id. ib. 68, 3.—
    (γ).
    With quam (postAug. and eccl.):

    non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,

    Suet. Aug. 78:

    nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,

    id. ib. 17:

    Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,

    id. Tib. 51:

    demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,

    Vulg. Act. 25, 6:

    ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 19:

    ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,

    Tac. A. 3, 21:

    haud amplius quam ducentos misit,

    id. ib. 14, 32:

    insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,

    Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—
    d. (α).
    Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:

    Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,

    Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.

    also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 86:

    antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:

    ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—

    And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—
    (β).
    Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:

    quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:

    Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,

    id. Brut. 5, 18:

    sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,

    id. Fam. 13, 28 A:

    quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,

    id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:

    Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:

    cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;

    so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,

    id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—
    (δ).
    To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:

    nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;

    (res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,

    id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:

    excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?

    Ov. M. 9, 148.
    ► The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.
    word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;

    as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.
    I.
    Lit., very largely, most abundantly:

    ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,

    in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:

    duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,

    Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—
    II.
    Fig., most generously, most handsomely:

    qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,

    Cic. Dom. 44:

    amplissime laudare,

    in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:

    honores amplissime gessit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 112:

    pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,

    with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:

    placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,

    should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amplissime

  • 91 amplus

    amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).
    I.
    Lit.:

    amplus et spectu protervo ferox,

    Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:

    qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:

    ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,

    Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:

    admodum amplum et excelsum signum,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 74:

    collis castris parum amplus,

    Sall. J. 98, 3:

    porticibus in amplis,

    Verg. A. 3, 353:

    per amplum mittimur Elysium,

    id. ib. 6, 743:

    vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,

    id. ib. 1, 725:

    nil vulva pulchrius ampla,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:

    amplae aures,

    Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:

    milium amplum grano,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:

    cubiculum amplum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:

    baptisterium amplum atque opacum,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:

    quanto est res amplior,

    Lucr. 2, 1133:

    Amplior Urgo et Capraria,

    Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:

    avis paulo amplior passere,

    id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:

    amplior specie mortali,

    Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:

    amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:

    urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,

    id. Agr. 2, 76:

    amplissimum peristylum,

    id. Dom. 116:

    (candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,

    id. Verr. 4, 65:

    mons Italiae amplissimus,

    Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:

    amplissimum flumen,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:

    amplissimus lacus,

    id. ib. 10, 41, 2:

    amplissima insula,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:

    amplissimi horti,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:

    amplissima arborum,

    Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:

    est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,

    id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:

    amplissimum cubiculum,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—
    B.
    Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:

    pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,

    Lucr. 5, 944:

    ampla civitas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:

    civitas ampla atque florens,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 3:

    gens ampla,

    Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:

    amplae copiae,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19:

    ampla manus militum,

    Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:

    pecuaria res ampla,

    Cic. Quinct. 12:

    res familiaris ampla,

    id. Phil. 13, 8:

    (res) ampla,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:

    patrimonium amplum et copiosum,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:

    amplae divitiae,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:

    esse patri ejus amplas facultates,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:

    in amplis opibus heres,

    Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:

    amplior numerus,

    Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:

    ampliores aquae,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:

    amplior exercitus,

    Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:

    commeatus spe amplior,

    Sall. J. 75, 8:

    amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:

    pretia ampliora,

    Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:

    omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:

    ampliores noctes,

    Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:

    ut ampliori tempore maneret,

    Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:

    peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,

    Cic. Font. 8:

    exercitus amplissimus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:

    amplissima pecunia,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:

    amplissimae fortunae,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:

    amplissimae patrimonii copiae,

    id. Fl. 89:

    amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:

    opes amplissimae,

    id. ib. 8, 18, 4:

    amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,

    the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:

    ut quirem exaudire amplius,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:

    jam amplius orat,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 19:

    daturus non sum amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:

    non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:

    tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:

    ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,

    id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:

    etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,

    Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:

    hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1:

    si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:

    omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,

    Vell. 2, 110, 3:

    Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 76:

    illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,

    Nep. Thras. 4, 3:

    amplius possidere,

    Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:

    Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,

    Curt. 8, 4, 21:

    dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:

    cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,

    id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:

    gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,

    Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:

    te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,

    Cat. 39, 21:

    amplius frumenti auferre,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 49:

    expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,

    id. Fl. 6, 8:

    amplius negotii contrahi,

    id. Cat. 4, 9:

    si amplius obsidum vellet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:

    quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,

    id. B. C. 3, 25.—
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:

    pro viribus amplis,

    Lucr. 5, 1174:

    amplae vires peditum,

    Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;

    ampla nepotum Spes,

    Prop. 4, 22, 41:

    poena sera, sed ampla,

    full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:

    haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:

    si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 50:

    amplior metus,

    Cic. Clu. 128:

    amplior potentia feris,

    Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:

    ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,

    Quint. 2, 3, 4:

    amplior eoque acrior impetus,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    spes amplior,

    Sall. J. 105, 4:

    amplius accipietis judicium,

    severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:

    amplior auctoritas,

    Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:

    amplior virtus,

    higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:

    idem aut amplior cultus (dei),

    Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:

    amplior est quaestio,

    Quint. 3, 5, 8:

    ampliora verba,

    of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:

    quo legatis animus amplior esset,

    Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:

    spiritus amplior,

    Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:

    (honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 41:

    cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,

    very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:

    amplissima spes,

    Suet. Caes. 7:

    his finis cognitionis amplissimae,

    most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—
    B.
    Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:

    illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,

    great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:

    haec ampla sunt, haec divina,

    Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:

    res gestae satis amplae,

    Sall. C. 8, 2:

    cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,

    Cic. Mil. 57:

    ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,

    Tac. A. 14, 53:

    amplum in modum praemia ostentare,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:

    amplis honoribus usi,

    Sall. J. 25, 4:

    amplis honoribus auctos,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:

    amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,

    a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:

    spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,

    glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:

    ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:

    praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,

    id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:

    alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,

    id. Sest. 27:

    in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,

    id. Marcell. 4:

    corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),

    Quint. 12, 10, 5:

    ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,

    Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:

    in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,

    of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:

    ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:

    hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:

    alicui amplissimas potestates dare,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31:

    insignibus amplissimis ornatus,

    id. ib. 2, 101:

    dona amplissima conferre,

    Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:

    praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:

    spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,

    id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:

    velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,

    Quint. 10, 7, 1:

    munera amplissima mittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:

    laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,

    id. Pis. 74:

    laudibus amplissimis adficere,

    id. Phil. 7, 11:

    amplissimam gloriam consequi,

    id. Prov. Cons. 39:

    ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,

    id. Deiot. 14:

    amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:

    amplissimis uti honoribus,

    Cic. Fl. 45:

    amplissimos honores adipisci,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    honores adsequi amplissimos,

    id. Mil. 81:

    aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,

    id. Am. 20, 73:

    meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,

    id. Imp. Pomp 2:

    mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,

    in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:

    ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,

    id. Phil. 1, 3:

    provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,

    id. ib. 4, 9:

    amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,

    Suet. Caes. 16:

    amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:

    de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,

    id. Dom. 74:

    quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),

    Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—
    C.
    In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:

    quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,

    great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:

    omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:

    convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,

    id. Phil. 3, 20:

    hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,

    small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:

    amplis doctoribus instructus,

    Tac. A. 14, 52:

    sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:

    cum est aliquid amplius,

    Cic. Marcell. 26:

    ampliores ordines,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:

    nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    quid amplius facitis?

    Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:

    ex amplissimo genere nubere,

    Cic. Cael. 34:

    amplissimo genere natus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 12:

    genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12:

    amplissimos patruos habere,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 147:

    amplissima civitas,

    id. Verr. 5, 122:

    apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,

    id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:

    mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 1:

    non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,

    id. Sest. 5:

    licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplissimis operibus increscere,

    id. ib. 8, 4, 3:

    honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,

    Cic. Sen. 2:

    amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,

    id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:

    promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:

    praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,

    Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:

    spes amplissimae dignitatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—
    D.
    Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:

    is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:

    homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,

    id. Mur. 8:

    P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,

    id. Caecin. 69:

    ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:

    Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 63:

    vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,

    id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:

    exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,

    id. Deiot. 5, 14:

    cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),

    id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:

    in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,

    id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:

    comitatus virorum amplissimorum,

    id. Sull. 9:

    viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,

    id. Verr. 3, 18:

    ordinis amplissimi esse,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:

    cives amplissimos legare,

    Cic. Balb. 42:

    hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,

    id. Verr. 3, 96:

    amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,

    id. Rep. 1, 6; so,

    amplissimo praeditus magistratu,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:

    amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,

    id. Vesp. 9:

    amplissimum collegium decemvirale,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:

    an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 3:

    amplissimum sacerdotium,

    id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:

    sacerdotium amplissimum,

    id. Verr. 2, 127.—
    E.
    As rhet. epithet:

    amplus orator,

    one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:

    herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,

    grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:

    amplius compositionis genus,

    more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.
    I.
    Lit.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    benigne ei largi atque ampliter,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:

    aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,

    Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:

    extructam ampliter mensam,

    Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:

    opsonato ampliter,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:

    adpositum est ampliter,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:

    acceptus hilare atque ampliter,

    id. Merc. prol. 98:

    modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,

    id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:

    parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,

    not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—
    b.
    Form amplē:

    exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med. —
    II.
    Trop., fully, handsomely.
    a.
    Form amplĭter:

    ampliter dicere,

    fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:

    laudare ampliter,

    id. 2, 6, 11.—
    b.
    Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,

    elate ampleque loqui,

    id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:

    satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,

    full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.
    a.
    In gen.:

    deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,

    Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:

    otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:

    cui amplius male faxim,

    id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:

    etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 40:

    multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 49:

    quo populum servare potissit amplius,

    Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:

    At ego amplius dico,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 26:

    amplius posse,

    Sall. J. 69, 2:

    armis amplius valere,

    id. ib. 111, 1:

    si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 953:

    tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?

    besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:

    Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,

    Sall. J. 44, 5:

    felices ter et amplius,

    Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:

    binas aut amplius domos continuare,

    Sall. C. 20, 11:

    ter nec amplius,

    Suet. Caes. 25:

    cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),

    Quint. 12, 11, 24:

    multa promi amplius possunt,

    Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:

    si studere amplius possum,

    Quint. 6, prooem. 4:

    auram communem amplius haurire potui?

    id. 6, prooem. 12:

    sagum, quod amplius est,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—
    b.
    And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.
    (α).
    With quid, etc.:

    Quid faciam amplius?

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:

    quid dicam amplius?

    Quint. 8, 4, 7:

    quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?

    Cic. Verr. 3, 60:

    quid quaeris amplius?

    id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:

    quid vultis amplius?

    id. Mil. 35:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    quid exspectatis amplius?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 174:

    quid amplius exspectabo,

    Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:

    quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?

    Cic. Caecin. 25:

    quid amplius laboremus?

    Quint. 8, prooem. 31:

    quid habet amplius homo?

    Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:

    quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:

    quid amplius debeam optare?

    Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:

    quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?

    more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:

    Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:

    si quid amplius scit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    si quid ego addidero amplius,

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:

    si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,

    Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:

    hoc amplius si quid poteris,

    any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:

    de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,

    id. 1, 1, 8:

    Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:

    his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,

    Quint. 9, 3, 15;

    so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,

    Suet. Calig. 15:

    quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,

    Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:

    quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?

    Cat. 76, 10.—
    (β).
    With nihil, etc.:

    habet nihil amplius quam lutum,

    Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:

    nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,

    Quint. 7, 1, 64:

    nihil enim dixit amplius,

    Cic. Deiot. 21:

    Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,

    I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:

    nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,

    id. Planc. 96:

    nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,

    id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:

    vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:

    si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,

    Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):

    Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,

    id. Marcell. 6, 17:

    amplius nihil respondit,

    Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:

    nihil amplius addens,

    ib. Deut. 5, 22:

    nihil noverunt amplius,

    ib. Eccl. 9, 5:

    nihil amplius optet,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:

    nihil amplius potes,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:

    amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,

    this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:

    ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,

    Suet. Aug. 2:

    si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,

    Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:

    non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:

    verbum non amplius addam,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:

    non amplius me objurgabis,

    Quint. 5, 10, 47:

    non amplius posse,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:

    non habent amplius quid faciant,

    Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:

    amplius illa jam non inveniet,

    ib. Apoc. 18, 14:

    studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,

    Tac. Or. 5:

    extra me non est alia amplius,

    Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:

    neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:

    neque va dari amplius neque etc.,

    Cic. Quinct. 23:

    nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,

    Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:

    nec irascar amplius,

    Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:

    ne amplius dona petas,

    Cat. 68, 14:

    urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,

    Lucr. 4, 874;

    ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,

    Suet. Gram. 17:

    ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,

    Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;

    3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 17:

    ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,

    ib. Deut. 17, 16:

    nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,

    ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—
    (γ).
    With nemo:

    cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:

    cum amplius nemo occurreret,

    nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,

    neminem amplius viderunt,

    Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:

    nemo emet amplius,

    no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—
    c.
    With numerals and numeral forms.
    (α).
    Without quam:

    amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,

    Cat. 69, 3:

    horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 95:

    amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,

    Sall. C. 59, 6:

    me non amplius novem annos nato,

    Nep. Hann. 2, 3:

    per annos amplius quadraginta,

    Suet. Aug. 72; 32:

    quid si tandem amplius triennium est?

    Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:

    Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,

    Verg. A. 1, 683:

    inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:

    reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,

    id. ib. 1, 28;

    2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:

    huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?

    id. ib. 5, 7, 3:

    cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:

    victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,

    Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:

    ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,

    Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:

    qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,

    Cic. Fl. 63:

    pugnatum duas amplius horas,

    Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:

    duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,

    id. 28, 2:

    decem amplius versus perdidimus,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:

    tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,

    Verg. E. 3, 105.—
    (β).
    With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):

    cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:

    pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,

    Liv. 27, 12:

    neque triennio amplius supervixit,

    Suet. Caes. 89:

    uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;

    6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,

    Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:

    est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:

    ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,

    Sall. J. 91, 3:

    (Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,

    id. C. 56, 2; so,

    denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,

    id. J. 80, 7.—

    And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,

    Sall. J. 105, 3:

    oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,

    id. ib. 68, 3.—
    (γ).
    With quam (postAug. and eccl.):

    non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,

    Suet. Aug. 78:

    nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,

    id. ib. 17:

    Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,

    id. Tib. 51:

    demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,

    Vulg. Act. 25, 6:

    ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 19:

    ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,

    Tac. A. 3, 21:

    haud amplius quam ducentos misit,

    id. ib. 14, 32:

    insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,

    Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—
    d. (α).
    Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:

    Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,

    Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.

    also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,

    Cic. Brut. 22, 86:

    antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:

    ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—

    And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—
    (β).
    Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:

    quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:

    Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,

    id. Brut. 5, 18:

    sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,

    id. Fam. 13, 28 A:

    quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,

    id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—
    (γ).
    Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:

    Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:

    cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;

    so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,

    id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—
    (δ).
    To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:

    nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;

    (res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,

    id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:

    excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?

    Ov. M. 9, 148.
    ► The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.
    word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;

    as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.
    I.
    Lit., very largely, most abundantly:

    ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,

    in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:

    duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,

    Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—
    II.
    Fig., most generously, most handsomely:

    qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,

    Cic. Dom. 44:

    amplissime laudare,

    in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:

    honores amplissime gessit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 112:

    pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,

    with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:

    placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,

    should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amplus

  • 92 E

    E, e, indecl. n. or (sc. littera) fem., a vowel corresponding to both the e and the ê of the Greeks, Ter. Maur. p. 2386 P.; Aus. Idyll. de Litter. Monos. 3 and 4; Mart. Cap. 3, § 235. Its sound varied; short e being sounded sometimes like Engl. e in men (so in pater, inter, etc.), sometimes more nearly like short i, as in Engl. pin (so in famelia, mereto, Menerva, etc.); whence, in the literary language, it passed, in a large class of words, into ĭ (familia, merito, etc.), though retained in the popular speech, and oft. in inscriptions. Long e also varied in sound, often resembling the diphthong ae, with which it is constantly confounded in MSS. and inscrr. (cf. raeda and reda; saeculum and seculum; ceteri and caeteri, etc.), and often approaching the sound of ī (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 324 sqq.). The short e in Latin is the least emphatic of all the vowels; hence, it not only took the place of other vowels in changes of words where the sounds became weakened, and in the vulgar language where the vowel sounds were less sharply distinguished, but frequently took the place of a final syllable ending in a consonant, and was sometimes, especially at the end of words, rejected.
    b.
    The transition of ă into ĕ (which took place especially before two consonants, whereas usually ă passed into ĭ in open syllables, v. art. A.) is seen in the compounds refello, commendo, ineptus, confercio, incestus, perpetior, etc. In some words the orthography is unsettled, as in the compounds of spargo, which are written sometimes aspergo, conspergo, dispergo, etc., and sometimes aspargo, conspargo, dispargo, etc.; as along with dispando the vulgar form dispenno also occurs. So in all the verbal reduplications, as cĕcidi, cĕcini, pĕperi, pĕpigi, tĕtigi; pĕperci, fĕfelli; dĕdi and stĕti (from cado, cano, pario, pango, tango, parco, fallo, DA and STA), whereas the vowels i, o, u remain unchanged in reduplication (bĭbi; mŏmordi; tŭtudi; for the anomalous forms in Gell. 7, 9, are certainly Graecized). As along with pĕpĭgi there also arose by syncope (in the Lat. lang. a predominating element in the formation of words) the perfect pēgi; so we may explain the perfect forms cēpi, fēci, jēci, frēgi, and ēgi, as syncopated from cĕcĭpi, fĕfĭci, jĕjĭci, frĕfĭgi, and ĕïgi (this last analogously with dēgo, from dēĭgo).
    c.
    For i stands ĕ
    (α).
    in the neuter forms of the adjectives in is (acre, agreste, facile, etc.).—
    (β).
    In the nominative forms: aedes, apes, canes, etc. (for aedis, apis, canis, etc. v. h. vv.).—
    (γ).
    In the dative forms: morte, jure dicundo, Dijove, Victore, etc. (cf. Neue, Formenl. 1, 192 sq.; and Quint. 1, 4, 17). —
    (δ).
    In the nominatives in es, whose genitive has ĭtis.—
    (ε).
    In the nominatives from stems ending in c, b, p, t, n, etc., as, pollex, caelebs, princeps, comes, flumen, from pollic-, caelib-, princip-, comit-, flumin-; and
    (ζ).
    In the old and partly vulgar manner of writing and pronouncing: CEPET, EXEMET, NAVEBOS (Colum. Rostr.), FVET, DEDET, TEMPESTATEBVS, TIBE (Epit. of the Scipios), COMPROMESISE (S. C. de Bacch.), MENERVA, MAGESTER, HERE, VEA, VELLA, etc. (Quint. 1, 4, 8, and 17; Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 14; cf. Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 46). In the earliest period (before Plautus) ĕ was found in many words in which ĭ afterwards took its place; as: semul, fuet, mereto, tempestatebus, etc.—
    (η).
    It is prob. too that the abl. ĕ of the third declension proceeded from ī (or id); cf. Neue, Formenl. 1, 239 sqq.; Corss. Ausspr. 2, 241 sq.
    d.
    It less freq. happens that o and u pass over into ĕ, as vello, ocellus, verto, vertex, vester, compared with vulsi, oculus, vorto, vortex, voster: generis from genus, societas from socius, etc.; and even for long u we have ĕ in dejĕro and pejĕro, from jūro.
    e.
    The stem vowel o is weakened to ĕ in the vocative of nouns in us of the second declension; ĕ also represents o in the perf. and in pass. forms, such as scripsere, conabare, conabere, from scripserunt, conabaris, conaberis; in the future forms attinge, dice, facie, recipie, from attingam, dicam, faciam, recipiam (see under dico init.); in the forms mage, pote, from magis, potis, etc.; it is inserted for euphony in the nom. of many nouns and adjj whose stems end in r preceded by a mute, as ager, aper, liber, aeger, ruber, sacer, etc.
    f.
    The vowel e is suppressed in the imperatives dic, duc, fac, fer, in the anteclass infinitive biber (from bibere); in the vocative of the second declension of nouns in ius, as Gai, geni, fili, canteri, columbari, mantuari, volturi, mi (cf. Freund in Jahn's Neue Jahrbüch, 1835, vol. 13, p. 148 sq.), in enclitic particles often, as: hic, haec, hoc, for hice, etc.; so, illaec, sic, nunc, nec, ac, etc.: viden, potin: quin, for quine, etc., and as an initial in the present forms of the verb esse (sum, sumus, sunt; sim, etc., for esum, esumus, esunt, esim, etc.). But the forms facul, simul, Bacchanal, etc., are not apocopated. Even a radical ĕ sometimes drops out when a prefix or suffix is taken; so, gigno, for gigeno: malignus, for maligenus: gnatus, for genatus.
    g.
    The long e interchanges most freq. with the diphthongs ae and oe (q. v.); yet it sometimes also took the place of ā, as in anhēlo, from hālo, and in the rustic bēlo, for bālo; and likewise of ī, as LEBER, SPECA, AMECVS, for līber, spīca, amīcus (Quint. Inst. l. l.; Varr. R. R. 1, 48, 2; Paul. ex Fest. p. 15, 6 Müll.); and in words borrowed from the Greek, as chorēa, Darēus, along with Academīa, Alexandrīa; see the letter I.
    h.
    As an abbreviation, E (mostly in connection with other abbreviations) signifies egregius, equus, eques, erexit, evocatus, etc.; e. g. E. M. V. = egregiae memoriae vir; E. Q. R. = eques Romanus; EE. QQ. RR. = equites Romani; E. P. = equo publico; E. M. D. S. P. E. = e monitu de sua pecunia erexit, etc.
    2.
    e.. praep., out of, from, v. ex.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > E

  • 93 e

    E, e, indecl. n. or (sc. littera) fem., a vowel corresponding to both the e and the ê of the Greeks, Ter. Maur. p. 2386 P.; Aus. Idyll. de Litter. Monos. 3 and 4; Mart. Cap. 3, § 235. Its sound varied; short e being sounded sometimes like Engl. e in men (so in pater, inter, etc.), sometimes more nearly like short i, as in Engl. pin (so in famelia, mereto, Menerva, etc.); whence, in the literary language, it passed, in a large class of words, into ĭ (familia, merito, etc.), though retained in the popular speech, and oft. in inscriptions. Long e also varied in sound, often resembling the diphthong ae, with which it is constantly confounded in MSS. and inscrr. (cf. raeda and reda; saeculum and seculum; ceteri and caeteri, etc.), and often approaching the sound of ī (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 324 sqq.). The short e in Latin is the least emphatic of all the vowels; hence, it not only took the place of other vowels in changes of words where the sounds became weakened, and in the vulgar language where the vowel sounds were less sharply distinguished, but frequently took the place of a final syllable ending in a consonant, and was sometimes, especially at the end of words, rejected.
    b.
    The transition of ă into ĕ (which took place especially before two consonants, whereas usually ă passed into ĭ in open syllables, v. art. A.) is seen in the compounds refello, commendo, ineptus, confercio, incestus, perpetior, etc. In some words the orthography is unsettled, as in the compounds of spargo, which are written sometimes aspergo, conspergo, dispergo, etc., and sometimes aspargo, conspargo, dispargo, etc.; as along with dispando the vulgar form dispenno also occurs. So in all the verbal reduplications, as cĕcidi, cĕcini, pĕperi, pĕpigi, tĕtigi; pĕperci, fĕfelli; dĕdi and stĕti (from cado, cano, pario, pango, tango, parco, fallo, DA and STA), whereas the vowels i, o, u remain unchanged in reduplication (bĭbi; mŏmordi; tŭtudi; for the anomalous forms in Gell. 7, 9, are certainly Graecized). As along with pĕpĭgi there also arose by syncope (in the Lat. lang. a predominating element in the formation of words) the perfect pēgi; so we may explain the perfect forms cēpi, fēci, jēci, frēgi, and ēgi, as syncopated from cĕcĭpi, fĕfĭci, jĕjĭci, frĕfĭgi, and ĕïgi (this last analogously with dēgo, from dēĭgo).
    c.
    For i stands ĕ
    (α).
    in the neuter forms of the adjectives in is (acre, agreste, facile, etc.).—
    (β).
    In the nominative forms: aedes, apes, canes, etc. (for aedis, apis, canis, etc. v. h. vv.).—
    (γ).
    In the dative forms: morte, jure dicundo, Dijove, Victore, etc. (cf. Neue, Formenl. 1, 192 sq.; and Quint. 1, 4, 17). —
    (δ).
    In the nominatives in es, whose genitive has ĭtis.—
    (ε).
    In the nominatives from stems ending in c, b, p, t, n, etc., as, pollex, caelebs, princeps, comes, flumen, from pollic-, caelib-, princip-, comit-, flumin-; and
    (ζ).
    In the old and partly vulgar manner of writing and pronouncing: CEPET, EXEMET, NAVEBOS (Colum. Rostr.), FVET, DEDET, TEMPESTATEBVS, TIBE (Epit. of the Scipios), COMPROMESISE (S. C. de Bacch.), MENERVA, MAGESTER, HERE, VEA, VELLA, etc. (Quint. 1, 4, 8, and 17; Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 14; cf. Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 46). In the earliest period (before Plautus) ĕ was found in many words in which ĭ afterwards took its place; as: semul, fuet, mereto, tempestatebus, etc.—
    (η).
    It is prob. too that the abl. ĕ of the third declension proceeded from ī (or id); cf. Neue, Formenl. 1, 239 sqq.; Corss. Ausspr. 2, 241 sq.
    d.
    It less freq. happens that o and u pass over into ĕ, as vello, ocellus, verto, vertex, vester, compared with vulsi, oculus, vorto, vortex, voster: generis from genus, societas from socius, etc.; and even for long u we have ĕ in dejĕro and pejĕro, from jūro.
    e.
    The stem vowel o is weakened to ĕ in the vocative of nouns in us of the second declension; ĕ also represents o in the perf. and in pass. forms, such as scripsere, conabare, conabere, from scripserunt, conabaris, conaberis; in the future forms attinge, dice, facie, recipie, from attingam, dicam, faciam, recipiam (see under dico init.); in the forms mage, pote, from magis, potis, etc.; it is inserted for euphony in the nom. of many nouns and adjj whose stems end in r preceded by a mute, as ager, aper, liber, aeger, ruber, sacer, etc.
    f.
    The vowel e is suppressed in the imperatives dic, duc, fac, fer, in the anteclass infinitive biber (from bibere); in the vocative of the second declension of nouns in ius, as Gai, geni, fili, canteri, columbari, mantuari, volturi, mi (cf. Freund in Jahn's Neue Jahrbüch, 1835, vol. 13, p. 148 sq.), in enclitic particles often, as: hic, haec, hoc, for hice, etc.; so, illaec, sic, nunc, nec, ac, etc.: viden, potin: quin, for quine, etc., and as an initial in the present forms of the verb esse (sum, sumus, sunt; sim, etc., for esum, esumus, esunt, esim, etc.). But the forms facul, simul, Bacchanal, etc., are not apocopated. Even a radical ĕ sometimes drops out when a prefix or suffix is taken; so, gigno, for gigeno: malignus, for maligenus: gnatus, for genatus.
    g.
    The long e interchanges most freq. with the diphthongs ae and oe (q. v.); yet it sometimes also took the place of ā, as in anhēlo, from hālo, and in the rustic bēlo, for bālo; and likewise of ī, as LEBER, SPECA, AMECVS, for līber, spīca, amīcus (Quint. Inst. l. l.; Varr. R. R. 1, 48, 2; Paul. ex Fest. p. 15, 6 Müll.); and in words borrowed from the Greek, as chorēa, Darēus, along with Academīa, Alexandrīa; see the letter I.
    h.
    As an abbreviation, E (mostly in connection with other abbreviations) signifies egregius, equus, eques, erexit, evocatus, etc.; e. g. E. M. V. = egregiae memoriae vir; E. Q. R. = eques Romanus; EE. QQ. RR. = equites Romani; E. P. = equo publico; E. M. D. S. P. E. = e monitu de sua pecunia erexit, etc.
    2.
    e.. praep., out of, from, v. ex.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > e

  • 94 πολύς

    πολύς, [dialect] Att. πολλή, πολύ; gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, ou=; dat. πολλῷ, ῇ, ῷ; acc. πολύν, πολλήν, πολύ:—[dialect] Ion. [full] πολλός Anacr.43.3,
    A

    πολλή, πολλόν Xenoph.9

    , Democr.219, Hp.VM1, Herod.3.19; also in Trag., S.Ant.86, Tr. 1196; acc. πολλόν, πολλήν, πολλόν: Hdt. uses the [dialect] Ion. forms, but codd. have

    πολύν 2.121

    .δ, 3.57, v.l. in 6.125,

    πολύ 2.106

    ,3.38,6.72,7.46, 160 ( πολύ also in Heraclit.114, Democr. 244):—both sets of forms are found in [dialect] Ep., also gen. sg.

    πολέος Il.4.244

    , etc.: nom. pl.

    πολέες 2.417

    , al., once [var] contr.

    πολεῖς 11.708

    ; gen. πολέων (trisyll.) 5.691, (disyll.) 16.655; dat.

    πολέσι 10.262

    ,al.;

    πολέσσι 13.452

    , al.;

    πολέεσσι 9.73

    , Od.5.54, Hes.Op. 119, etc.; acc. πολέας (trisyll.) Il.3.126, etc., (disyll.) 1.559,2.4, Hes.Op. 580 (freq. with v.l. πολεῖς Il.15.66, etc.); in later [dialect] Ep. πολέες is used as fem., Call.Del.28, also

    πολέας Id.Dian.42

    , A.R.3.21; neut.

    πολέα Q.S.1.74

     (v. infr.):—[dialect] Ep. also have [full] πουλύς (once in Hes., Th. 190, also Thgn. 509, sts. fem. in Hom.,

    πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρήν Il.10.27

    ,

    ἠέρα πουλύν 5.776

    ), neut.

    πουλύ Od.19.387

    ; these forms are found in codd. of Hp. and Aret. (who uses πολύ, πουλύ and πολλόν in neut.), but not in Hdt.:— Lyr. and Trag. (lyr.) sts. use [dialect] Ep. forms, dat. sg.

    πολεῖ A.Supp. 745

    ; nom. pl.

    πολέες B.10.17

    ; neut.

    πολέα A.Ag. 723

    ;

    πολέων E.Hel. 1332

     (fem., B.5.100); dat. pl.

    πολέσι E.IT 1263

    . [ῠalways.]
    I of Number, many, Il.2.417, etc.; ἐκ πολλῶν, opp. ἐξὀλίγων, Hes.Th. 447; τριηκόντων ἐτέων πόλλ' ἀπολείπων wanting many of thirty years, Id.Op. 696;

    παρῆσάν τινες, καὶ πολλοί γε Pl.Phd. 58d

    ;

    οὐ πολλοί τινες A.Pers. 510

    : with Nouns of multitude,

    πουλὺς ὅμιλος Od.8.109

    ;

    πλῆθος πολλόν Hdt.1.141

    ;

    ἔθνος πολλόν Id.4.22

    ; later πουλὺ.. ἐπ' ἔτος many a year, AP6.235 (Thall.);

    π. ἦν ὁ καταπλέων Plb.15.26.10

    ; of anything often repeated,

    περὶ σέο λόγος ἀπῖκται π. Hdt.1.30

    ;

    πολλὸν ἦν τοῦτο τὸ ἔπος Id.2.2

    , cf. 3.137, etc.;

    πολὺ.. τὸ σὸν ὄνομα διήκει πάντας S.OC 305

    ;

    τούτῳ πολλῷ χρήσεται τῷ λόγῳ

     often,

    D.21.29

    ; τοῦτο ἐπιεικῶς πολὺ νῦν ἐστι is fairly frequent, Luc.Hist.Conscr.15.
    2 of Size, Degree, Intensity, much, mighty, ὄμβρος, νιφετός, Il.10.6;

    π. ὕπνος Od.15.394

    ;

    πῦρ.. π. 10.359

    ; π. ὑμέναιος a loud song, Il.18.493; π. ὀρυμαγδός, ῥοῖζος, etc., 2.810, Od.9.315, etc.; π. ἀνάγκη strong necessity, E.Ph. 1674; π. γέλως, βοή, much or great, S.Aj. 303, 1149; μωρία ib. 745; ὄλβος, αἰδώς, A.Pers. 251, Ag. 948;

    ἀσφάλεια Th.2.11

    ; ἀλογία, εὐήθεια, Pl.Phd. 67e, Phdr. 275c, etc.
    b rarely of a single person, great, mighty,

    μέγας καὶ πολλὸς ἐγένεο Hdt.7.14

    , cf. E.Hipp.1; ὁ π. σοφιστής, στρατηγός, Chor.p.23 B., Id.in Rev.Phil.1.68;

    ὁ πάντα π. Id.p.27

     B.; ὁ πολύς alone, of Hippocrates, Gal.19.530; of Trajan, Lyd.Mag.2.28;

    ῥώμην σώματος πολύς D.H.2.42

    .
    c joined with a Verb, Κύπρις γὰρ οὐ φορητός, ἢν πολλὴ ῥυῇ if she flow with full stream, metaph. from a river, E.Hipp. 443;

    θρασυνομένῳ καὶ πολλῷ ῥέοντι D. 18.136

    ; from the wind, ὡς π. ἔπνει καὶ λαμπρός was blowing strong and fresh, Id.25.57, cf. Ar.Eq. 760, AP11.49 (Even.): generally, with might or force,

    ὅταν ὁ θεὸς.. ἔλθῃ πολύς E.Ba. 300

    ;

    ἢν π. παρῇ Id.Or. 1200

    ;

    π. καὶ τολμηρὸς ἅνθρωπος D.40.53

    : with part. and εἰμί, πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος was all entreaties, Hdt.9.91;

    ἦν πολλὸς ὑπὸ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς αἰνεόμενος Id.1.98

    ;

    Ἐτεοκλέης ἂν εἷς π... ὑμνοῖθ' A.Th.6

    ;

    π. ἐνέκειτο λέγων Hdt.7.158

    ;

    π. τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται D.18.199

    ; also

    π. ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λόγοισι Hdt.8.59

    ;

    πρὸς ταῖς παρασκευαῖς Plb.5.49.7

    ;

    ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ D.S.14.107

    : without a Prep.,

    π. ἦν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ἐπαχθής Aeschin.2.41

    ; π. μὲν γὰρ ὁ Φίλιππος ἔσται will be often mentioned, Id.1.166.
    3 of Value or Worth,

    πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται Il.23.562

    , cf. Od.8.405;

    πολλοῦ ἄξιος X.An.4.1.28

    , etc.;

    πολλῶν ἄξιος Ar. Pax 918

    ; περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τι, Lat. magni facere, cf.

    περί A.

     IV; ἐπὶ πολλῷ at a high price, D.8.53;

    ἐπὶ π. ἐρραθυμηκότες Id.1.15

    ; πολύ ἐστί τι it is worth much, of great conscquence, X.Oec.18.7.
    4 of Space, large, wide, π. χώρη, πεδίον, Il.23.520,4.244, etc.; πόντος, πέλαγος, Hes.Op. 635, S.Ph. 635;

    χῶρος πλατὺς καὶ π. Hdt.4.39

    ; λίμνη μεγάλη τε καὶ π. ib. 109;

    π. ἡ Σικελία Th. 7.13

    ;

    π. ἡ Ἑλλάς Pl.Phd. 78a

    , etc.; πολλὸς ἔκειτο he lay outstretched wide, Il.7.156, cf. 11.307; π. κέλευθος a far way, A.Pers. 748 (troch.): without

    ὁδός, πολλὴ μὲν εἰς Ἡράκλειαν.., πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν.. X.An.6.3.16

    : διὰ πολλοῦ, ἐκ πολλοῦ, v. infr. IV.
    5 of Time, long,

    χρόνος S.Aj. 1402

     (anap.), etc.;

    πολὺν χρόνον Il.2.343

    , etc.;

    οὐ π. χρ. S.Ph. 348

    , etc.; so

    πολλοῦ χρόνου Ar.Pl.98

    ;

    χρόνῳ πολλῷ S.Tr. 228

    ; διὰ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) Luc.Nec.15;

    ἐκ πολλοῦ Th.1.58

    , D. 21.41; πρὸ πολλοῦ long before, D.S.14.43;

    οὐ μετὰ πολύ Luc.Tox.54

    ; ἔτι πολλῆς νυκτός while still quite night, Th.8.101; πολλῆς ὥρας late in the day, Plb.5.8.3;

    ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35

    ;

    ἔτι ἔστιν ἡμέρα πολλή LXX Ge.29.7

    .
    II Special usages:
    1 c. partit.gen., e.g. πολλοὶ Τρώων, for πολλοὶ Τρῶες, Il.18.271, etc.; neut., πολλὸν σαρκός, for πολλὴ σάρξ, Od.19.450: in Prose, the Adj. generally takes the gender of the gen.,

    τὸν πολλὸν τοῦ χρόνου Hdt.1.24

    ; τῆς γῆς οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7;

    τῆς ἀθάρης πολλήν Ar.Pl. 694

    ;

    πολλὴν τῆς χώρας X.Cyr. 3.2.2

    ;

    ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου D.44.6

    ; v. infr. 3.
    2 joined with another Adj.,

    πολλὰ δυστερπῆ κακά A.Ch. 277

    , cf. 585 (lyr.), etc.: more freq. joined to another Adj. by καί, πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοί many men and good, Il.6.452, etc.;

    πολέες τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι 21.586

    ;

    πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλά Od.2.312

    ; παλαιά τε πολλά τε ib. 188;

    ἄκοσμά τε π. τε Il.2.213

    ;

    πολλαί γε.. καὶ ἄλλαι Hes.Th. 363

    ;

    π. τε καὶ κακά Hdt.4.167

    , etc.;

    π. κἀγαθά Ar.Th. 351

     (but

    π. ἀγαθά IG12.76.45

    );

    π. καὶ ἀνόσια Pl.R. 416e

    ;

    π. καὶ μακάρια Id.Plt. 269d

    ;

    π. καὶ πονηρά X.Mem.2.9.6

    ;

    πολλά τε καὶ δεινά Id.An.5.5.8

    ;

    μεγάλα καὶ π. D.36.22

    ; π. καὶ καλοὺς (s.v.l.) κινδύνους, π. καὶ καλὰ παραδείγματα, Din.1.109.
    3 with the Art. (in Hom. without the Art., Il.2.483, 5.334, 22.28), of persons or things well known, Ἑλένα μία τὰς πολλάς, τὰς πάνυ π. ψυχὰς ὀλέσασ' those many lives, A.Ag. 1456 (lyr.), cf. S.OT 845, Th.3.87, Pl.Phd. 88a, Ti. 54a, Act.Ap.26.24: with abstract Nouns,

    τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας A. Ag. 1001

     (lyr., dub.);

    τὸ πολλόν

     numbers,

    Hdt.1.136

    .
    b οἱ π. the many, i.e. the greater number,

    Ἀθηναῖοι.. ἀπῆλθον οἱ πολλοί Th. 1.126

    , cf. 3.32, etc. (so in sg., ὁ πολλὸς λόγος the prevailing report, Hdt.1.75);

    τοῖς π. κριταῖς S.Aj. 1243

    : with gen., τοῖς π. βροτῶν ib. 682;

    οἱ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων X.Cyr.8.2.24

    ;

    οἱ πολλοὶ ἅπαντες

     far the most,

    Hp.

    Aër.20 (v.l. μάλιστα for ἅπαντες); for τὰ πολλὰ πάντα, v. infr. 111.1a: hence οἱ πολλοί the people, the commonalty, opp. οἱ μείζω κεκτημένοι, Th.1.6; opp. οἱ κομψότεροι, Pl.R. 505b; οἱ π., = Lat. plebs, D.S.20.36; τῶν πολλῶν εἷς one of the multitude, D.21.96; also

    ὁ π. λεώς Luc.JTr.53

    , cf. Rh.Pr.17;

    ὁ π. ὅμιλος Id.Luct.2

    . Hdn.1.1.1, etc.;

    ὁ π. δῆμος Luc.Apol.15

    ;

    ὁ π. ὄχλος Ph. 2.4

    ; ὁ π. alone, = vulgus, v.l. in D.S.2.29; the ordinary man, Epicur.Fr. 478, Phld.Rh.2.154S.;

    νίμμα ὁ π. λέγει, ἡμεῖς ἀπόνιπτρον λέγομεν Phryn.170

    , cf.369; ὁ ἐμπαθὴς καὶ π. ἄνθρωπος 'l'homme moyen sensuel', Herm.in Phdr.p.146A.; ὁ π. ἄνθρωπος (with pl. Verb) the average man, opp. τὸ ἐξαίρετον, Eun.Hist.p.216 D.
    c τὸ πολύ, c. gen.,

    τῆς στρατιῆς τὸ πολλόν Hdt.8.100

    ;

    τὸ π. τοῦ χρόνου Hp.

    Aër. 20;

    τῶν λογάδων τὸ π. Th.5.73

    ;

    τῶν ὅπλων τὸ π. Pl.Plt. 288b

    ; also

    ὁ στρατὸς ὁ πολλός Hdt.1.102

    ;

    ἡ δύναμις ἡ π. Th.1.24

    ; ὁ π. βίοτος the best part of life, S.El. 185 (lyr.).
    d

    τὰ πολλά

     the most,

    Od.22.273

    , and perh. 2.58, 17.537 (elsewh. in Hom. πολλά, as Subst., means much riches, great possessions, Il.11.684, Od.19.195);

    τὰ π. τοῦ πολέμου Th.2.13

    ; πρὸς τὸ τῶν π. μέγεθος in regard to the size of the average, Arist.Rh. 1363b11.
    4 pl. πολλά very much, too much, πολλὰ πράσσειν, = πολυπραγμονεῖν, E.Supp. 576, Ar.Ra. 228;

    π. ἔπαθεν Pi.O.13.63

    , etc.; π. ἔρξαι τινά to do one much harm, A. Th. 923 (lyr.).
    6 πολύς repeated,

    ἦ πολλὰ πολλοῖς εἰμι διάφορος βροτῶν E.Med. 579

    , cf. A.Supp. 451;

    τὰ μὲν οὖν πολλὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου διηγήσασθαι Pl.R. 615a

    , etc.; πολλοῦ πολύς, v. infr. 111.1b: with Advbs. πολλάκις, πολλαχῇ, etc. (qq. v., cf. 111.1 e).
    III Adverbial usages:
    a neut. πολύ ([dialect] Ion. πολλόν) , πολλά, much,

    πόλλ' ἀεκαζομένη Il.6.458

    , etc.; strengthd.,

    μάλα πολλά 8.22

    , al.;

    πάνυ πολύ Pl.Alc.1.119c

    ;

    πολύ τι Id.R. 484d

    ; esp. of repetition, often, Il.2.798, Od.13.29, Hes.Op. 322; so of earnest commands and entreaties, πολλὰ κελεύων, πόλλ' ἐπέτελλον, πολλὰ λισσομένη, πολλὰ μάλ' εὐχομένω, Il.5.528, 11.782, 5.358, 9.183: with the Art.,

    τὸ πολύ

     for the most part,

    Pl.Prt. 315a

    , etc. (but with numerals, at most, Vett. Val.9.5);

    ὡς τὸ π. X.Mem.1.1.10

    , etc.;

    τὰ πολλά Th.1.13

    , 2.11,87, etc.;

    ὡς τὰ π. Id.5.65

    , etc.;

    τὰ π. πάντα Hdt.1.203

    , 2.35, 5.67.
    b of Degree, far, very much,

    ἀπέφυγε πολλὸν τοὺς διώκοντας Id.6.82

    : also abs. gen. πολλοῦ very,

    θρασὺς εἶ πολλοῦ Ar.Nu. 915

    , cf. Eup.74;

    πολλοῦ δύνασθαι Alciphr.1.9

     (s.v.l.); πολλοῦ πολύς, πολλὴ πολλοῦ, much too much, Ar.Eq. 822,Ra. 1046.
    c of Space, a great way, far,

    οὐ πολλόν Hdt.1.104

    ;

    πολὺ οὐκ ἐξῄεσαν Th.1.15

    , etc.
    d of Time, long,

    ὡς πολλὸν τοῦτο ἐγίνετο Hdt.4.126

    , cf. 6.129.
    e of Probability, ἐὰν πολλὰ πολλῶν τέκῃς, perh. = ἐὰν πολλάκις τέκῃς,POxy. 744.9 (i B.C./i A.D.);

    ἐάν τι πολλὰ πολλάκις πάθω Ar.Ec. 1105

    .
    2 πολύ is freq. joined with Adjs. and Advbs.,
    a with a [comp] Comp. to increase its comp. force, πολὺ μεῖζον, πολλὸν παυρότεροι, Il.1.167, Od.14.17; πολὺ μᾶλλον much more, Il.9.700; πολύ τι μᾶλλον f.l. in D.H. Comp.4 (p.22 U.-R.): with words, esp. Preps., between πολύ and its Adj., π. ἐν πλέονι, π. ἐπὶ δεινοτέρῳ, Th.1.35, Pl.R. 589e;

    πολὺ ἔτι ἐκ λαμπροτέρων Id.Phd. 110c

    ;

    π. σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι X.An.3.1.22

    , cf.3.2.30, Smp.1.4 (but the Prep. freq. comes first,

    ἐκ π. ἐλάττονος And.1.109

    , etc.); so πολλῷ is freq. used with the [comp] Comp., by far, A.Pr. 337, Hdt. 1.134, etc.;

    π. μᾶλλον S.OT 1159

    , Pl.Phd. 80e; οὐ πολλῷ τεῳ ἀσθενέστερον not a great deal weaker, Hdt.1.181, cf. 2.48,67, etc.: πολύ with all words implying comparison, πολὺ πρίν much sooner, Il.9.250;

    π. πρό 4.373

    : with the comp. Verb

    φθάνω, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη 13.815

    ; so πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων, πολὺ προμάχεσθαι ἁπάντων, 6.125, 11.217;

    προὔλαβε πολλῷ Th.7.80

    : with βούλομαι, = prefer,

    ἡμῖν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσι νίκην Il.17.331

    , cf. Od.17.404; πολύ γε in answers, after a [comp] Comp. or [comp] Sup., ἀργὸς.. γενήσεται μᾶλλον; Answ.

    πολύ γε Pl.R. 421d

    , cf. 387e, etc.
    b with a [comp] Sup., πολὺ πρώτιστος, πολλὸν ἄριστος, far the first, etc., Il.2.702, 1.91, etc.;

    προθυμία π. τολμηροτάτη Th.1.74

    , etc.;

    πολλόν τι μάλιστα Hdt.1.56

    ;

    π. δή, π. δὴ γυναῖκ' ἀρίσταν E.Alc. 442

     (lyr.), cf. Ar.Av. 539, Archestr.Fr.34.9; also

    πολλῷ πλεῖστοι Hdt.5.92

    .έ, 8.42;

    π. μεγίστους Id.4.82

    .
    c with a Positive, to add force to the Adj.,

    ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ' αὖ σοφή A.Ag. 1295

    ; also

    ἐς πόλλ' ἀθλία πέφυκ' ἐγώ E.Ph. 619

     (troch.);

    πολὺ ἀφόρητος Luc.DMeretr. 9.3

    ; cf. πλεῖστος.
    IV with Preps.,
    1 διὰ πολλοῦ at a great interval of Space or Time, v. διά A.1.5, 11.2.
    2 εἰς πολύ for a long time, Plot.2.1.3.
    3 ἐκ πολλοῦ from a great distance, Th.4.32, etc.; for a long time, v. ἐκ 11.1.
    4 ἐπὶ πολύ,
    a over a great space, far,

    οὐκ ἐπὶ πολλόν Hdt.2.32

    ; ἐπὶ π. τῆς θαλάσσης, τῆς χώρας, Th.1.50,4.3, etc.; to a great extent, Id.1.6,18,3.83; cf.

    ποιέω B.11.2

    .
    b for a long time, long, Id.5.16;

    τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ π. Id.7.38

    , cf. 39.
    c

    ὡς ἐπὶ π.

     very generally,

    Id.1.12

     (v.l.), Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.195;

    ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π.

     for the most part,

    Th.2.13

    , Pl.Plt. 294e, etc.;

    μὴ καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Isoc.4.154

    ;

    τό γ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Id.8.35

    .
    5 παρὰ πολύ by far, v. παρά C.111.5.
    6 περὶ πολλοῦ, v. supr. 1.3.
    7 πρὸ πολλοῦ far before,

    τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35

    ; also of Time, οὐ πρὸ π. not long before, Id.5.62.
    8 σὺν πολλῷ in no small degree, only too much or too well, Hld.2.8,9.20, 10.9 (cf. CR41.53).
    V for [comp] Comp. πλείων, πλέων, [comp] Sup. πλεῖστος, v. sub vocc. (Cf. Skt. purú-, Goth. filu 'much'.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πολύς

  • 95 χείρ

    χείρ, ἡ, χειρός, χειρί, χεῖρα, dual χεῖρε, χεροῖν, pl. χεῖρες, χερῶν, χεῖρας, penult. being regularly short, when the ult. is long; dat. pl. regularly χερσί ( χειρσί occurs in cod.Vat. of LXX, as Jd.7.19, 1 Ch.5.10, and late Inscrr. as CIG2811
    A b.10 ([place name] Aphrodisias), 2942c ([place name] Tralles): but Poets used the penult. long or short in all cases, as the verse required, χερός, χερί, χέρα, χέρε, χέρες, χέρας (of which Hom. uses only

    χερί; χέρα h.Pan.40

    ); gen. dual

    χειροῖν S.El. 206

     (lyr.), 1394 (lyr.), IG22.1498.76; gen. pl. χειρῶν ib.31, common in Prose.—Poet. forms, dat. pl. χείρεσι ([etym.] ν ) once in Hom., Il.20.468, also Q.S.2.401, 5.469 (v.l.);

    χείρεσσι Il.12.382

    , Pi.O.10(11).62, S.Ant. 976 (lyr.), 1297 (lyr.), and once in trim., E.Alc. 756; χέρεσσι ([etym.] ν) Hes.Th. 519, 747, B.17.49;

    χερέεσσιν AJA36.460

     ([place name] Galatia):—[dialect] Dor. nom. [full] χέρς Timocr.9; [full] χήρ Sophr. in PSI11.1214a3 (also, = δίψακος, Ps.-Dsc.3.11); gen.

    χηρός Alcm.32

    , IG42(1).121.22 (Epid., iv B. C.); acc. pl. χῆρας ib.96, [dialect] Aeol.

    χέρρας Alc.Supp.4.21

    , Theoc.28.9.—On the accent and declension of these forms, v. Hdn.Gr.2.277, 748:— the hand, whether closed,

    παχεῖα Il.3.376

    ;

    βαρεῖα 11.235

    , al.; or open, flat, χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσι, χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ, 15.114, Od.13.164, al.;

    εἰς τὴν χ. ἐγχεάμενοί τι X.Cyr.1.3.9

    : freq. in pl. where a single hand is meant, Il.23.384, etc.; reversely, sg. where more than one hand is spoken of, e.g. Od.3.37, etc.; dual joined with pl.,

    ἄμφω χεῖρας 8.135

    ;

    χεῖρε ἀμφοτέρας Il.21.115

    .
    2 hand and arm, arm (cf. Ruf.Onom.11,82, Gal.2.347),

    πῆχυν χειρὸς δεξιτερῆς Il.21.166

    ;

    κατὰ χεῖρα μέσην ἀγκῶνος ἔνερθε 11.252

    ;

    χεῖρες ἀπ' ὤμων ἀΐσσοντο Hes.Th. 150

    ;

    χ. εἰς ὤμους γυμναί Longus 1.4

    ; ἐν χερσὶ γυναικῶν πεσέειν into the arms, Il.6.81, etc.: hence, words are added to denote the hand as distinct from the arm,

    ἄκρην οὔτασε χεῖρα 5.336

    ;

    περὶ ἄκραις ταῖς χ. χειρῖδας ἔχουσι X.Cyr.8.8.17

    , cf. Pl. Prt. 352a.
    3 of the hand or paw of animals,

    ὅσα [ζῷα] χεῖρας ἔχει X.Mem.1.4.14

    ; πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ χειρῶν go on all fours. LXX Le.11.27; so of monkeys, Arist.HA 502b3; of the fore-paws of the hyena, Id.Fr. 369; of the bear, Plu.2.919a.
    II Special usages:
    1 to denote position, ποτέρας τῆς χερός; on which hand? E.Cyc. 681;

    ἐπὶ δεξιὰ χειρός Pi.P.6.19

    ;

    ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρός Od.5.277

    ;

    χειρὸς εἰς τὰ δεξιά S.Fr. 598

    ;

    λαιᾶς χειρός A.Pr. 714

     (but χείρ is often omitted with δεξιά, ἀριστερά, as we say the right, the left).
    2 freq. in dat. of all numbers with Verbs which imply the use of hands, λάβε χειρί, χερσὶν ἑλέσθαι, Il.5.302, 10.501;

    χερσὶν ἀσπάζεσθαι Od.3.35

    ;

    προκαλίζεσθαι 18.20

    ; χειρί, χεροῖν ψαῦσαι, S.OT 1510, 1466: sts. this dat. is added pleon. by way of emphasis,

    ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν χερί Id.Aj. 310

    .
    3 gen., by the hand,

    χειρὸς ἔχειν τινά Il.4.154

    ;

    χειρὸς ἑλών 1.323

    , etc.; γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη he raised him by the hand, 24.515, cf. Od.14.319;

    χερὶ χειρὸς ἑλών Pi.P.9.122

    ;

    τινὰ χειρός ἑλκειν Id.N.11.32

    ;

    ἀνέλκειν τινὰ τῆς χ. Ar.V. 569

     (anap.).
    4 the acc. is used when one takes the hand of a person,

    χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλών Il. 24.361

    ;

    χεῖρ' ἕλε δεξιτερήν Od.1.121

    ; χεῖράς τ' ἀλλήλων λαβέτην, in pledge of good faith, Il.6.233; so

    ἔμβαλλε χ. δεξιὰν πρώτιστά μοι S.Tr. 1181

    ; also

    ἔμβαλλε χειρὸς πίστιν Id.Ph. 813

    , cf. OC 1632.
    5 other uses of the acc.:
    a in prayer or entreaty, χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν [θεοῖς] Il.3.275, etc.;

    ποτὶ γούνασι χεῖρας βάλλειν Od.6.310

    ;

    ἀμφὶ.. Ἀρήτης βάλε γούνασι χεῖρας Ὀδυσσεύς 7.142

    ;

    ἀμφὶ δὲ χεῖρας δειρῇ βάλλ' Ὀδυσῆϊ 23.207

    ;

    ἀμφί τινι χεῖρε β. 21.223

    ;

    περίβαλε δὲ χέρας Ar.Th. 914

    , cf. A.Ag. 1559 (anap.);

    χεῖρας προΐσχεσθαι Th.3.58

    , 66; so also

    χεῖρας ἀείρων Od.11.423

    , cf. Il.7.130 (tm.); χ. ἀνατείνειν (v.

    ἀνατείνω 1.1

    ).
    b τὰς χεῖρας αἴρειν to hold up hands in token of assent or choice, of persons voting, Ar.Ec. 264;

    τὴν χ. αἴρειν And.3.41

    ;

    ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀράτω τὴν χ. X.An.5.6.33

    , cf. 7.3.6; ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χ. ib.3.2.9, 33;

    χεῖρας ὀρεγνύς Il.22.37

    ;

    χεῖρ' ὀρέγων εἰς οὐρανόν 15.371

    ;

    χεῖρας ὀ. τινί Od.12.257

    ;

    πρός τινα Pi. P.4.240

    ;

    ποτὶ στόμα χεῖρ' ὀρέγεσθαι Il.24.506

     (but χεῖρά τισι ὀ. to reach them one's hand in help, X.HG5.2.17); also

    χεῖρε ἑτάροισι πετάσσας Il.4.523

    , etc.;

    πιτνὰς εἰς ἐμὲ χεῖρας Od.11.392

     (but χεῖρε πετάσσας abs., of one swimming, etc., 5.374, al.).
    c [Ἰλίου] χεῖρα ἑὴν ὑπερέσχε held the hand over
    I as a protector, Il.9.420, etc.: less freq. τισι, 4.249, cf. 5.433;

    χεῖρά θ' ὕπερθεν ἔχεις IG14.1003.10

     ([place name] Rome).
    d in hostile sense, χεῖρας or χεῖρα ἐπιφέρειν τινί, Il.1.89, 19.261, al.;

    χεῖρας ἐφιέναι τινί 1.567

    , Od.1.254, al.;

    χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλειν τισί Plb.3.2.8

    , etc.;

    χέρα τινὶ προσενεγκεῖν Pi.P.9.36

    ; χεῖρας ἐπί τινι ἰάλλειν, v. ἰάλλω 1.1.
    e χεῖρας ἀπέχειν keep hands off,

    λοιμοῖο βαρείας χεῖρας ἀφέξει Il.1.97

     codd.;

    κερτομίας δέ τοι.. καὶ χεῖρας ἀφέξω.. μνηστήρων Od.20.263

    ;

    ἀθανάτων ἀπέχειν χέρας A.Eu. 350

     (lyr.);

    τὼ χεῖρε ἀπέχεται Pl.Smp. 213d

    ;

    παύειν χεῖράς τινος Il.21.294

    .
    f χεῖρας ἐπιτιθέναι τινί, in token of consecration, 1 Ep.Ti.5.22, etc.
    6 with Preps.:
    a ἀνὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν τινάς to be intimate with.., Plb.21.6.5;

    αἱ ἀνὰ χεῖρά τινων ὁμιλίαι S.E.M.1.64

    ; τὰ ἀνὰ χεῖρα πράγματα the matters in hand, Plu.2.614b, etc. (also οἱ ἀνὰ χ. χρόνοι the current period, PRyl.88.21 (ii A. D.); τὰ ἀνὰ χ. what comes his way, Ps.-Ptol.Centil.18; ἀνὰ χ. τῆς πύλης hard by.., LXX 2 Ki.15.2.
    b ἀπὸ χειρὸς λογίσασθαι to reckon off-hand, roughly, Ar.V. 656 (anap.), cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29: but πότισον τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ χειρός by hand, PCair.Zen.155 (iii B. C.).
    c διὰ χερῶν ἔχειν, λαβεῖν, literally, to have or take between the hands, A.Supp. 193, S.Ant. 916; διὰ χειρὸς ἔχειν to hold in the hand, ib. 1258 (anap.), Ar.V. 597 (anap.); to have in hand, i. e. under control, Th.2.76;

    διὰ χειρῶν ἔχειν τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1308a27

    ; τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων keep under control, Th.2.13: later, to have a work in hand, be engaged in it, Phld.Acad.Ind.p.69M. ([etym.] χερός), D.H.Isoc.4;

    τὰ ὅπλα Plu.Cor.2

    , etc. (also διὰ χ. by direct payment, opp. διὰ τῆς τραπέζης by banker's order, BGU1156.8 (i B. C.), etc.; cf.

    διὰ χ. ἔσπευδε τὴν πρᾶσιν Charito 1.12

    ); of arms,

    διὰ χειρὸς εἶναι Luc.Anach.35

    ; διὰ χ. ἔχειν, c. part., to be continually doing, Plu.2.767c;

    διὰ χειρός τινος ποιεῖν τι LXXJo.17.4

    , al., cf. Act.Ap.7.25, al.
    d ἐς χεῖρας λαβεῖν τι literally, S.El. 1120, etc.; to take a matter in hand, undertake it,

    πρᾶγμ' ἐς χέρας λαβόντ' E.Hec. 1242

    ;

    ἄγεσθαί τι ἐς χεῖρας Hdt.1.126

    , 4.79, etc.; δοῦναί τινι ἐς χέρας, εἰς χεῖρα, S.El. 1348, X.Cyr.8.8.22;

    καταστῆσαι εἰς τὰς χ. τινος Aeschin.2.28

    ; of persons, ἵκεο χεῖρας ἐς ἁμάς thou hast fallen into our hands, Il.10.448 (in Hom. also simply

    ὅ τι χεῖρας ἵκοιτο Od.12.331

    , cf. 24.172); so

    εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι X.Cyr.7.4.10

    , cf. 2.4.15: generally, to have to do with any one, converse with him, Id.An.1.2.26 (so

    ἐς χεῖρα γῇ ξυνῆψαν E.Heracl. 429

    ): most freq. ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τισι to come to blows or close quarters with.., A.Th. 680;

    ἀλλήλοις Th.7.44

    : abs.,

    εἰς χ. ἐλθεῖν Id.4.96

    ;

    ἐς χ. ἰέναι Id.2.3

    , 4.72, cf. PTeb.765.6 (ii B. C.);

    συνιέναι X.Cyr.8.8.22

    ; also ἐς χειρῶν νόμον (fort. νομόν)

    ἀπικέσθαι Hdt.9.48

    ; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ (fort. νομῷ)

    ἀπόλλυσθαι Id.8.89

    , cf. Aeschin.1.5, SIG167.37 (Mylasa, iv B. C.), Heraclid.Pol.25, Plb.1.34.5, 5.111.6; [full] ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ Arist.Pol. 1285a10, D.H.6.26;

    ἐν χειρῶν νομαῖς SIG700.29

     (Lete, ii B.C.), v. l. in LXX 3 Ma.1.5; ἐν χεροῖν δίκῃ cj. in E.Ba.738;

    εἰς χεῖρας συμμεῖξαι τοῖς πολεμίοις X.Cyr.2.1.11

    ; also εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαί τινας to await their charge, Id.An.4.3.31;

    ἐς χ. ὑπομεῖναί τινας Th. 5.72

    .
    e ἐκ χειρός by hand of man, S.Aj.27: from near at hand, at close range,

    ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν X.An.3.3.15

    ; ἀμύνασθαι ib.5.4.25;

    μάχεσθαι Id.HG7.2.14

    , cf. D.S.19.6;

    πληγὰς ἐκ χ. ἀναδέξασθαι Plu.

     tim.4;

    οὐ μὴ σωθῇ ἐκ χ. σιδήρου LXX Jb.20.24

    ; ἡ ἐκ χ. δίκη lynch law, D.H.4.37;

    ἡ ἐκ χ. βία Plb.9.4.6

    : metaph., ἡ ἐκ χ. θεωρία closerange reading, D.H.Isoc.2; so of time, out of hand, off-hand, forthwith, Plb.5.41.7, al.
    f

    δέπας μητρὶ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει Il.1.585

    , cf. Od.13.57, 15.120, al. (always so of a cup, hence ἐν χερσὶ τίθει δέπας, though found in most codd., was condemned by the critics in Il.l.c., Od.3.51, 15.130);

    πρεσβήϊον ἐν χερὶ θήσω Il.8.289

    ; τόξον, ἔγχος ἔχων ἐν χειρί, 15.443, 17.604;

    σκῆπτρον δέ οἱ ἔμβαλε χειρί Od.2.37

    ; but

    ἐν.. χειρὶ σκῆπτρον ἔθηκεν Il.23.568

    ; of a gift,

    ἐν χερσὶ τίθει 1.441

    , 446; ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχειν, literally, Pl.R. 432d;

    τὰ ὅπλ' ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχων D.9.8

    , etc. (metaph.,

    ἔτι μεμνημένων ὑμῶν καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἕκαστ' ἐχόντων Id.18.226

    ); but ἐν χερσὶν ἔχειν also, to have in hand, be engaged in,

    τὸν γάμον Hdt.1.35

    ;

    ἑορτήν Plu.Alex.13

    ;

    τὴν περὶ Δημοσθένους πραγματείαν D.H.Th.1

    ;

    ἐν χειρί τινα δίκην ἔχων Pl.Tht. 172e

    ; ὁ ἐν χερσὶ πόλεμος the war in hand, D.H.8.87; περιτειχισμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ὤν ib.21;

    ἡ ἐν χ. ζήτησις S.E.M.11.208

    , etc.; freq. of fighting, ἐν χερσί hand to hand,

    ἐν χ. ἦν ἡ μάχη Th.4.43

    ;

    ἐν χ. ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.66

    , cf. 4.57,96, etc.;

    ἐν χ. γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἐναντίοις Id.5.72

    ;

    ἐν χ. εἶναί τινος X.HG4.6.11

    ;

    δίκη ἐν χερσί Hes.Op. 192

    ;

    ὁ ψόφος τῶν ὅπλων καὶ τῶν ἵππων ὁ φρυαγμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ἐδόκει εἶναι D.S.19.31

    ; ἡ ἐν χερσὶν [δυστυχία] Plu.Cleom.22: also in dual,

    τἀν χεροῖν S.Ant. 1345

     (lyr.); ἐν χειρί τινος by the hand of.., LXX Jo.21.2, al.;

    ἐν χ. ἀγγέλου Act.Ap.7.35

     (v.l.).
    h κατὰ χειρός, of washing the hands before meals, ὕδωρ κατὰ χειρός (sc. φερέτω τις), Ar.V. 1216, cf.Av. 464 (anap.), Fr. 502 (lyr.), Philox. 1, Ath.9.408e; (without ὕδωρ)

    κατὰ χ. ἐδόθη Alex.261.2

    , cf. Arched. 2.3: prov. of that which is easily come by, Telecl.1.2 (anap.);

    πάντα μοι κατὰ χ. ἦν τὰ πράγματα

     at hand,

    Pherecr.146.5

    ; also κατὰ χειρῶν δοῦναι, χέειν, λαβεῖν, Philyll.3, Antiph.287 (v.l.), Men.470 (troch.), cf. Phot.s.v. κατὰ χειρὸς ὕδωρ: κατὰ χεῖρα in deed or act,

    κατὰ χ. γενναιότατοι D.H.7.6

    ; opp. συνέσει, Plu.Phil.7; κατὰ χεῖρά σου according to thy will, LXX Si.25.26: but κατὰ χεῖρας [τῆς σοφίας] by her side, ib.14.25.
    i μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχειν between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 15.717; [

    ἄλεισον] μετὰ χ. ἐνώμα Od.22.10

    : μετὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν to have in hand, be engaged in, Hdt.7.16.β, Th.1.138.
    l

    πρὸ χειρῶν

     close before one,

    S.Ant. 1279

    , E.Tr. 1207 (s.v.l.), Rh. 274; πρὸ χειρὸς εἶναι cj. in Pl.Com.69.5.
    n ὑπὸ χερσὶ ἁλοῦσα under, i.e. by, another's hands, Il.2.374, etc.; ὑπὸ χεῖρα ποιεῖσθαι to bring under one's power, X.Ages.1.22; οἱ ὑπὸ χ. persons in one's power, D.6.34; ὑπὸ τὴν χ. ἐλθεῖν to come into one's hand, Luc.Herm.57, etc.; ὑπὸ χ. in hand, i.e. in stock, Arist.Mete. 369b33; but also, at hand, i.e. at once, Plu.2.548e; τὰ ὑπὸ χ. ib.56b, Dsc.1.35; ὁ ὑπὸ χ. the attendant, Dsc.5.75;

    παρέργως καὶ ὑπὸ χ.

     extempore,

    Plu.Arat.3

    , etc.; also καθύπο χεῖρα κινῶν [τὰς οὐσίας], in Alchemy, Ps.-Democr. p.51 B.
    III the hand often receives the attributes of the person using it, χ. μεγάλη, of Zeus, Il.15.695 (χ. παγκρατής, of God, Secund.Sent.3; χ. ὑπερμήκης, of the 'long arm' of the king, Hdt.8.140.β') ; θοὴ χ., of one throwing, Il.12.306;

    ἀφνειά Pi.O.7.1

    , cf. S.El. 458; εὐσεβεστέρα, εὐφιλής, A.Ch. 141, Ag.34; κάρβανος ib. 1061;

    γεραιά E.Hec. 143

     (anap.);

    πονηρά Id. Ion 1316

    , etc.: to denote wealth or poverty,

    πλειοτέρῃ σὺν χ. Od.11.359

    ;

    κενεὰς σὺν χ. ἔχοντες 10.42

    , cf. E.Hel. 1280, etc.
    2 it is represented as acting of itself,

    χεῖρες μαιμῶσιν Il.13.77

    , cf. S.Aj.50;

    χεὶρ ὁρᾷ τὸ δράσιμον A.Th. 554

    ;

    δήμου κρατοῦσα χ. Id.Supp. 604

     (dub. l.): prov.,

    ἁ δὲ χ. τὰν χ. νίζει Epich.273

    ; or simply,

    ἁ χ. τὰν χ. AP5.207

     (Mel.).
    3 pl., in theurgy, name for spiritual powers,

    αἱ δημιουργικαὶ [τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος] δυνάμεις ἃς θεουργῶν παῖδες χεῖρας ἀποκαλοῦσιν Procl. in Cra. p.101

     P., cf. eund. in R.2.252K.
    IV to denote act or deed, opp. mere words, in pl.,

    ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77

    ; μνῆμ' Ἑλένης χειρῶν of her handiwork, her art, Od.15.126 (so in sg.,

    δώρημ' ἐκείνῳ τἀνδρὶ τῆς ἐμῆς χ. S.Tr. 603

    );

    χερσὶν ἢ λόγῳ Id.OT 883

     (lyr.), cf. OC 1297, etc.; τῇ χειρὶ χρᾶσθαι to use one's hands, i.c. be active, stirring, opp. ἀργὸς ἐπεστάναι, Hdt.3.78, cf. 9.72; τὰς χ. προσφέρειν to apply force, X.Mem.2.6.31: sg.,

    βούλευμα μὲν τὸ Δῖον, Ἡφαίστου δὲ χείρ A.Pr. 619

    ; μιᾷ χειρί single-handed, D.21.219;

    χειρὶ καὶ ποδὶ καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει Aeschin.3.109

    , cf. 2.115;

    χερσίν τε ποσίν τε Il.20.360

    , cf. Pi.O.10(11).62, esp. of using the hands in a fight, cf. supr. 11.6d, e, f; of deeds of violence, πρὶν χειρῶν γεύσασθαι before we try force, Od.20.181; ἀδίκων χ. ἄρχειν to give the first blow, X.Cyr.1.5.13, Antipho 4.2.1, Lys.4.11, etc.;

    ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν Pl.Lg. 869d

    : generally, χεῖρες violent measures, force,

    ἐπίσχετε θυμὸν ἐνιπῆς καὶ χειρῶν Od.20.267

    ;

    ὑπόδικος χερῶν A.Eu. 260

     (lyr.);

    χερσὶ πεποιθώς Il.16.624

    , etc.; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ v. supr. 11.6d; ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας χ. ἀλάλκοι, v.l. for κῆρας, Il.21.548.
    V a number, band, body of men, esp. of soldiers,

    χεὶρ μεγάλη Hdt.7.157

    ; in dat.,

    οὐ σὺν μεγάλῃ χ. Id.5.72

    ;

    πολλῇ χ. 1.174

    , Th.3.96, E.Heracl. 337; pleon.,

    χ. μεγάλῃ πλήθεος Hdt.7.20

    ;

    δεδωμάτωμαι δ' οὐδ' ἐγὼ σμικρᾷ χερί A.Supp. 958

    ; οἰκεία χείρ, for χεὶρ οἰκετῶν, E.El. 629;

    σὺν πλήθει χερῶν S.OT 123

    .
    VI handwriting,

    τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα ἀρνήσασθαι Hyp.Lyc.Fr.5

    , cf. IG9(1).189 ([place name] Phocis); τῇ ἐμῇ χ. Παύλου I Ep. Cor.16.21, Ep.Col.4.18: copy, counterpart of a document, SIG712.31 (Crete, ii B.C.); deed, instrument,

    ἡ χ. ἥδε κυρία ἔστω PRein.28.18

     (ii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen. 477 (iii B.C.), etc.
    b handiwork of an artist or workman,

    γλαφυρὰ χ. Theoc.Epigr.8.5

    , etc.;

    αἱ Ἐφεσίου χεῖρες Herod.4.72

    , cf. 6.66;

    σοφαὶ χέρες APl.4.262

    ;

    τὰς Φειδίου χ. Lib.Or. 30.22

    .
    VII of any implement resembling a hand:
    1 a kind of gauntlet, X.Eq.12.5, Poll.1.135 (pl.).
    2 χ. σιδηρᾶ grappling-iron, Th.4.25, 7.62; also of an anchor, AP6.38 (Phil.).
    3 axle-tree, LXX 3 Ki.7.18(32).
    4 in LXX, pillar or cairn, as it were a finger pointing to heaven,

    χεὶρ Ἀβεσσαλώμ LXX 2 Ki.18.18

    ; also ἀνέστακεν αὐτῷ χεῖρα, i.e. trophy, ib. 1 Ki.15.12.
    5 χεῖρες ἐλάτιναι, of oars, Tim.Pers.7.
    6 catch of a trigger, Hero Aut.13.9;

    χ. κατάγουσα τὴν τοξῖτιν Ph.Bel. 68.4

    , cf. Hero Bel.78.2.
    7 instrument of torture, LXX 4 Ma.8.13.
    IX ointment containing five ingredients, Orib.Fr.89, Alex. Trall.7.1. (Cf. Arm. jein ( dzern), Alb. dore, Tocharian (A-dialect) tsar, (B-dialect) sar, all = hand.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > χείρ

  • 96 ὅς

    ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrases
    A

    ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325

    , h.Ap. 156 ;

    ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70

     (elsewh.

    οὗ Il. 7.325

    , al., never οἷο); fem.

    ἕης Il.16.208

     (perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. only

    ἧς 5.265

    , al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,
    A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.
    B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)
    A DEMONSTR. PRON., = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that; also, he, she, it:
    I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ or

    καί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286

     ;

    ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198

     ;

    ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190

    , Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,

    μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59

    , cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.
    II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:
    1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.
    2

    ὃς καὶ ὅς

     such and such a person,

    Hdt.4.68

    :—here also the Art. supplied the obl. cases.
    3 ἦ δ' ὅς, ἦ δ' ἥ, said he, said she, v. ἠμί.
    4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,

    Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1

     ;

    ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76

    ;

    ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81

     ; so

    τῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187

     (Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;

    ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102

    , Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;

    ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99

     ;

    πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71

     (as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,

    ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81

     ;

    ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1

     : very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,

    ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6

     ;

    ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21

    , etc.
    B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).
    0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):
    I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:
    1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,

    φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87

    ;

    τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12

     : so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,

    λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369

     ; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;

    πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a

     ; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;

    τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8

    .

    β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94

    : it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;

    τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..

     of me whom..,

    S.OC 731

    ; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.
    2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;

    κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη

     one of the thousands, which..,

    12.97

     ;

    αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..

     one of those who..,

    E.Or. 920

    : rare in Prose,

    ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310

    , cf. Lys.1.32.
    3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.
    4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;

    τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν

     a name which..,

    D.19.44

     ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.
    5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,

    ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54

    ;

    τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108

    , cf. 2.17, 124, etc.
    II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,

    ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64

    , cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.
    b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,

    Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69

    , cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.
    2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;

    σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156

     (anap.);

    φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a

    .
    3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;

    οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170

     ;

    οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475

     ;

    ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b

     : freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).
    III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:
    1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;

    ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672

     ;

    ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815

     ; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:
    a [tense] pres. ind.,

    τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175

     ;

    κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445

     ; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;

    Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160

     (lyr.): also after

    ὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157

    , etc.
    b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:

    ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378

     ;

    οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407

     :—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,

    Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731

    , cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;

    πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.
    c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,

    ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666

     ; after an opt.,

    ἔρδοι τις ἣν ἕκαστος εἰδείη τέχνην Ar.V. 1431

    .
    IV peculiar Idioms:
    1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;

    ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d

    .
    2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,

    ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514

    , cf. D.19.211, etc.;

    ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56

     ;

    ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b

    , cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16

    ;

    ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938

    : c. inf.,

    ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33

     (but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.
    3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ or

    ἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81

    , cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;

    συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056

     ;

    τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44

    ;

    τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14

    .
    4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;

    κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'

     that they may..,

    Il. 9.165

     : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;

    πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209

     (troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,

    ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c

    : also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.
    5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.
    6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,

    γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365

     (perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;

    γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71

     (in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,

    ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118

    , cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;

    πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46

    , cf. D.52.7;

    δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26

     ;

    γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11

     (iii B. C.).
    b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).
    7 in exclamations,

    ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146

    .     0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:
    I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.
    II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.
    III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.
    2

    Ἀπολλώνιον ὃν καὶ Φᾶβι A.

    , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.
    IV ὅς κε or κεν, [dialect] Att. ὃς ἄν, whosoever, who if any.., v. ἄν B. 1.2.
    2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.

    ὅστις 1

    .
    V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc.     0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:
    I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,
    1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.;

    οὗ δή A.Pr. 814

    , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.;

    οὗπερ A.Th. 1016

    , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,

    οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049

     ;

    εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a

    , etc.;

    ἔστιν οὗ

     in some places,

    E.Or. 638

     ;

    οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..

     in some places.., in others..,

    Arist.Oec. 1345b34

     : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];

    ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a

     ;

    συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17

    .
    2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; so

    οὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86

    , cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);

    ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13

    : in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.
    II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.
    III old loc. οἷ, as Adv., v. οἷ.
    2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)

    μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11

     ;

    ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21

     ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).
    2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.
    3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.
    V

    ἀφ' οὗπερ

     from the time that..,

    A.Pers. 177

    .
    VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.
    ------------------------------------
    ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.
    A

    οἷο Il.3.333

    , Od.1.330, al.,

    οὗ 23.150

    , al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:
    I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;

    ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761

     ; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,

    τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280

     ;

    τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153

    , etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag.,

    λέσχας ἇς A.Eu. 367

     (lyr.);

    ὧν παίδων S.OC 1639

     (iamb.);

    ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955

     (iamb.): with Art.,

    λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641

     ;

    ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442

    ;

    τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266

    , cf. 525 (lyr.);

    τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248

    : so in Cret. Prose,

    τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46

     ; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,

    γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205

    ; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.
    II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); and
    III of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅς

  • 97 ἀγαθός

    Grammatical information: adj.
    Meaning: `good' (Il.).
    Other forms: ἀκαθόν· ἀγαθόν H.; χάσιος· χρηστός H. Dor. χάϊος `noble, good' (ᾱ)
    Dialectal forms: Cypr. ἀζαθος must prob. be read ἀγαθος, Egetmeyer, Kadmos 32 (1993) 145-155.
    Origin: IE [Indo-European]X [probably], LW [loanword]X[probably] [413]
    Etymology: Uncertain. On the one hand, one compares Germ. forms, Goth. goÞs, NHG gut, MLG gaden `fit' etc., further OCS godьnъ `pleasant', goditi `be pleasant', Russ. gódnyj `useful'. (Not with Skt. gadh- `to take, seize', gádhyā- `booty' which would have given *( ἀ)καθος). Crim. Goth. gadeltha `pulchrum'. The words must have a\/ā (long ō is morphologically excluded; Slavic cannot have h₂). Considered as a European substratum word by Beekes KZ 109 (1996). - Recently the word is analysed as *mǵh₂-dh₁-os `made great' (Panagl FS Strunk (1995)), which is semantically not convincing; or `whose deeds are great' Ruijgh 1991, FS Bartoněk, which is also semantically unconvincing. - If the variants are reliable, it could be Pre-Greek.
    Page in Frisk: 1,5-6

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἀγαθός

  • 98 ἐρυθρός

    Grammatical information: adj.
    Meaning: `red' (Il.).
    Other forms: My χ. e-ru-to-ro, e-ru-ta-ra.
    Compounds: E.g. ἐρυθρό-πους `with red feet' bird-name (Ar.); ἐξ-έρυθρος `reddish' as sign of illness (Hp., Arist.; Strömberg Prefix Studies 67f.), λευκ-έρυθρος `white-red, flat-red' (Arist.; Risch IF 59, 60).
    Derivatives: ἐρυθρίας m. "the red", surname after the red colour (Arist.; cf. ὠχρίας etc. and Chantraine Formation 93, Schwyzer-Debrunner 18); ἐρυθρῖνος, also with dissimilation (or after ἐρυθαίνομαι, s. below) ἐρυθῖνος name of a fish (Arist.; Strömberg Fischnamen 21); Έρυθῖνοι pl. name of a town (Β 855; cf. Έρυθραί below); ἐρυθρόδανον, - ος plant (Dsc.), also ἐρευθέδανον, s. ἐρεύθω; ἐρυθραῖος = ἐρυθρός (D. P.); ἐρυθρότης `red colour' (Gal.). - Pl. f. Έρυθραί torn in Ionia (Hdt.; from the Trachyt-rocks) with Έρυθραϊκὸν σατύριον plant-name (Dsc., Plin.), also ἐρυθρόνιον (Ps.-Dsc.; after Ίόνιον and other nouns in - όνιον); Έρυθραϊκός also from ἡ Έρυθρά ( θάλασσα; adjunct of κυβερήτης, inscr. Ip). - Denomin. verbs ἐρυθριάω `become red' (Att.; after the verbs of disease in - ιάω; Schwyzer 732) with ἐρυθρίασις, - ησις (Hp., H.); ἐρυθραίνομαι, -ω `become, make red' (X.). - Also ἐρυθαίνομαι, -ω, aor. ἐρύθηνα `id.' (Il.) with ἐρύθημα `becoming red, redness' (Hp., Th.); s. below.
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [872] * h₁reudh- `red\/
    Etymology: Old adjective: Lat. rŭber, R.-CSl. rьdьrъ (s. Vasmer Russ. et. Wb. s. rëdryĭ), Toch. A. rtär, B. rätre, Skt. rudhirá- (reshaped after rudhi- in rudhikrā́- name of a demon); OWNo. rođra f. `blood'. - Othe languages have a diff. stem. OWNo. rjōđr, OE rēod have against most Germanic forms (s. below) the same vowel as the verbs rjōđa, resp. rēodan (= ἐρεύθω, s. v.) and may therefore be secondary; a basic form IE *h₁reudhós agrees with λευκός (beside λεύσσω). An old eu can also be found in Lith. raũdas, Lat. (dial.) rūfus, rōbus, Celt., e. g. OIr. rūad, Skt. lohá- `reddish' m. n. `red metall, copper, iron'. The forms mentioned may also continue IE * h₁roudhos, which is seen in most Germanic forms, Goth. rauÞs, ONo. rauđr, OE rēad, OHG rōt. - (The old denomin. ἐρυθαίνομαι points together with ἐρυθρός to an orig. r-n-stem * rudh-r-, * rudh-n-). There existed perhaps a neutral s-stem *h₁réudhos (= ἔρευθος), and a verb *h₁réudhō (= ἐρεύθω).; the o-stem had o-vocalism in * h₁roudhos. See Pok. 872f., W.-Hofmann s. ruber, Ernout-Meillet s. rubeō; and Porzig Gliederung 194f., Schwentner KZ 73, 110ff. - S. also ἐρεύθω but ἐρυσίβη.
    Page in Frisk: 1,567-568

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἐρυθρός

  • 99 κάρᾱ

    κάρᾱ
    Grammatical information: n.
    Meaning: `head' (trag., Cratin., Eup.),
    Other forms: κάρη (ep.)
    Dialectal forms: Myc. ka-ra-a-pi instr. pl. \/karāatphi\/
    Derivatives: As 1. member in καρᾱ-τομέω `behead' (E., J.) with καράτομος `beheaded' (S., E.), seeming basis καρατόμος `beheading' (Lyc.), cf. on δειροτομέω s. δέρη; καρηβαρέω (- άω) `feel heavy in the head, be sleepy, have headache' with καρηβαρία, - ίη etc. (Hp., Arist.); from there Lat. caribaria \> Fr. charivari, W.-Hofmann 1, 854; on καραδοκέω s. v. Cf. κράσπεδον, κρησφύγετον, κρήδεμνον. - Other forms: A. recent analogical formations to κάρᾱ, κάρη: dat. τῳ̃ κάρᾳ (A., S.), κάρῃ (Thgn.); κάρης, - ην (Call., Nic.), κάρᾱν (Anacreont.). B. Older disyll. forms: ep. καρή-ατος, - ατι, pl. - ατα; also κάρη-τος, - τι; to καρήατα new nom. sg. κάρηαρ (Antim.). C. monosyll. forms: κρά̄-ατος, - ατι, pl. - ατα; usual. (also trag.) κρᾱτός, - τί, pl. κρᾶ-τα (Pi. Fr. 8); further isolated forms: κράτεσφι (Κ 156; prob. sg.), κρά̄των (χ 309), κρᾱσίν (Κ 152), κρᾶτας (E.); κρᾶτα as acc. sg. (θ 92, trag.), as nom. sg. (S. Ph. 1457); new nom. sg. κράς (Simm. 4). D. κάρᾰ (antevoc.) as nom. pl. (h. Cer. 12), κάρᾱ pl.? (Sannyr. 3). On κάρηνα s. v.; and s. below.
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [574] *ḱrh₂-(e)s-n- `head'
    Etymology: From the oblique forms of the Skt. word for `head', e. g. gen. sg. śīrṣṇ-ás with the adverbial ablativ śīrṣa-tás (a \< n̥), which represent a with n enlarged monosyll. zero grade (śīrṣ-n- \< *ḱr̥h₂-s-n-) from the disyll. nom.-acc. śíras- (Av. sarah-, \< *ḱr̥h₂-os), it appears that κρά̄ατος represents an original *κρά̄σα-τος \< (ḱr̥h₂s-n̥tos); through contraction this gave κρᾱτός (acc. to Zenodot. κρητός). The antevocalic form κρᾱσν- lives on in κρᾱν-ίον (s. v.). The explanation of the Greek disyll. forms has to start from plur. κάρηνα \< *καρασν-α (\< *ḱrh₂-es-n-), to which the singular forms καρήατος, - ατι were made from *καρασα-τος, - τι (with metr. lengthening and η for ᾱ after κάρηνα), if not innovated to κάρη. This form may go back to an analogical *κάρασ-α (like ὄνομα); to κάρη were made κάρη-τος, - τι. - Beside these old σ-stem there are isolated σ-less forms: ἐπὶ κάρ `on its head', ἔγ-καρ-ος, ἴγκρος ἐγκέφαλος and κατὰ ( ἀπὸ) κρῆ-θεν `from the head down' (Hom., Hes.), κρή-δεμνον `head-band'. The explanation is discussed: κατὰ κρῆθεν (from where ἀπὸ κρῆθεν) may stand for κατ' ἄκρηθεν (s. esp. Leumann Hom. Wörter 56ff., but this seems unncessary); ἔγκαρος has been taken as learned innovation to κάρη after κεφαλή: ἐγκέφαλος; on κρήδεμνον s. s. v. An σ-less κάρ is supported by Arm. sar `hight, top' (idg. *ḱr̥h₂r-o-). Very extensive treatment by A.J. Nussbaum, Head and Horn 1986 (rev. Beekes, Kratylos 34 (989)55-59). - S. Schwyzer 583 (diff. on κάρη; Pok. 574f., Chantraine Gramm. hom. 1, 230f., 242, Leumann Hom. Wörter 159, Egli Heteroklisie 31f., 87ff. - Cf. further 1. καρόω, καρώ, καρωτόν; κέρας, κράνος, κριός.
    Page in Frisk: 1,784-785

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > κάρᾱ

  • 100 μηχανή

    Grammatical information: f.
    Meaning: `means, tool, contrivance, apparatus, machine, device' (IA, Dor.).
    Other forms: Dor. μαχανά.
    Compounds: Compp., e.g. μηχανο-ποιός `machine-builder, engineer, machinist' (Att.), ἀ-μήχανος (Dor. - ά-) `without means etc., helpless; who cannot be helped with means, irresistible, impossible' (Il.; partly associated with μηχανάομαι) with ἀμηχαν-ία, - ίη (ι 295), - έω (Ion.).
    Derivatives: 1. Uncertain Μαχα-νεύς surn. of Zeus (Argos, Tanagra, Cos, since Va; s.v. Wilamowitz Glaube 2, 172), also name of a month (Corcyra), Μαχανεῖος name of a month (Chalcedon); Μαχαν-ίς surn. of Athena (Cos), - ῖτις surn. of Aphrodite and Athena (Megalopolis). -- 2. μηχανιώτης `contriver', of Hermes (h. Merc. 436; after ἀγγελι-ώτης a.o., Zumbach Neuerungen 7). -- 3. μηχανάριος `machinist' (pap.). -- 4. μηχαν-όεις `full of means, inventive' (S.), - ικός `id., belonging to machines, mechanical', subst. `machinebuilder' (X., Arist.; Chantraine Études 101 a. 141). -- 5. μηχάνωμα (Dor. μα-) n. `apparatus, crane' (Thphr., Delphi; enlarged from μηχανη, Chantraine Form. 187). -- 6. Denomin. μηχανάομαι (- άω), aor. μηχανήσασθαι etc., also with prefix, e.g. ἐπι-, ἀντι-, προσ-, `realize, construct, manufacture artificially, devise (with ruse)' (Il.); from this μηχάν-ημα `invention, apparatus, mechanical device' (Hp., D., trag.), - ησις `id.' (Hp., Plb.), - ητής m. `inventor of warmaschines' (Sch.), - ητικός `inventive' (X.). -- Besides μῆχαρ n. indecl. `means, tool' (A., Lyc.), μῆχος (Dor. μᾶ-) n. `id.' (Il., also Hdt.), both as opposed to μηχανή dying words without compp. a. abl.
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]
    Etymology: Not with Frisk from a heteroclitic *μᾶχαρ, *μάχαν-ος, from which with added -ā (cf. Schwyzer 459) the almost absolute reigning μαχαν-ά, μηχαν-ή arose; accent after the verbal nouna ( φυλακ-ή, κομιδ-ή etc.). Beside the r-n-stem as so often an s -stem, μῆχος. -- As cognate are usually with Osthoff PBBeitr. 15, 211 ff. (after Bopp, Pott a.o.) considered some short-vowel verbal forms with accompanying nouns in Germanic and Slavic: Germ., e.g. Goth. mag `can, is able, mag', Slav., e.g. OCS mogǫ, mošti, Russ. mogú, močь `can, be able' with Goth. mahts `power, Macht' etc. = OCS moštь, Russ. močь `id.'. Beside this ti-derivation stands in Germ. a n-formation in OHG magan, megin, OWNo. magn, megin `power, might', which may belong directly to μηχανή. Here also (with v. Windekens Lex. etym.) Toch. A mokats `mighty' (like tsop-ats `great' etc.). -- Diff. Prellwitz (as alternative), Fraenkel Lexis 2, 170 a. Wb. s.v.: to Lith. móku, mokė́ti `can, understand, pay' assuming a IE tenuis asp. kʰ; mag, mogǫ etc. are then classified diff. (to Lith. magù, -ė́ti `please, be pleasant', mė́gstu, mė́gti `love, like' etc.). To connect the last mentioned Lith. words also with μηχανή (W.-Hofmann s. mactus, Vasmer s. mogú) is, apart from the meaning, doubtful already because of the ablaut ē: ā one would have to assume. In 1998, 10f [MKNAW Afd. Lett. 61, 9] I pointed out that in Slavic a laryngeal cannot have been vocalized; so the Germ. and Slavic forms cannot go back to * mh₂gh-. The Greek word then remains isolated. The suffix - αν- is typical for Pre-Greek words; note still that Greek has no forms with *μαχ-. -- From Dor. μαχανά Lat. māchina, from μηχανή Pashto mēčan `handmill' (Morgenstierne Acta Or. 7, 200; 18, 143); on the meaning cf. VLat. māchina also `millstone, handmill', Alb. (through Illyrian) mókërë `millstone'. -- WP. 2, 227, Pok. 695; further W.-Hofmann, Vasmer and Fraenkel (s. above).
    Page in Frisk: 2,234-235

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > μηχανή

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • have — [ weak əv, həv, strong hæv ] (3rd person singular has [ weak əz, həz, strong hæz ] ; past tense and past participle had [ weak əd, həd, strong hæd ] ) verb *** Have can be used in the following ways: as an auxiliary verb in perfect tenses of… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • have something in common with someone — have (something) in common (with (someone/something)) to share interests or characteristics. What these very old objects have in common is that they were all stolen and smuggled out of the country. What does the new model have in common with… …   New idioms dictionary

  • have in common with someone — have (something) in common (with (someone/something)) to share interests or characteristics. What these very old objects have in common is that they were all stolen and smuggled out of the country. What does the new model have in common with… …   New idioms dictionary

  • have something in common with something — have (something) in common (with (someone/something)) to share interests or characteristics. What these very old objects have in common is that they were all stolen and smuggled out of the country. What does the new model have in common with… …   New idioms dictionary

  • have in common with something — have (something) in common (with (someone/something)) to share interests or characteristics. What these very old objects have in common is that they were all stolen and smuggled out of the country. What does the new model have in common with… …   New idioms dictionary

  • have something in common with — have (something) in common (with (someone/something)) to share interests or characteristics. What these very old objects have in common is that they were all stolen and smuggled out of the country. What does the new model have in common with… …   New idioms dictionary

  • have in common with — have (something) in common (with (someone/something)) to share interests or characteristics. What these very old objects have in common is that they were all stolen and smuggled out of the country. What does the new model have in common with… …   New idioms dictionary

  • have (something) in common — (with (someone/something)) to share interests or characteristics. What these very old objects have in common is that they were all stolen and smuggled out of the country. What does the new model have in common with earlier versions? Usage notes:… …   New idioms dictionary

  • have */*/*/ — strong UK [hæv] / US weak UK [əv] / US UK [həv] / US verb Word forms have : present tense I/you/we/they have he/she/it has strong UK [hæz] / US weak UK [əz] / US UK [həz] / US present participle having past tense had strong UK [hæd] / US weak UK… …   English dictionary

  • Forms of cricket — Various forms of cricket exist and the sport may broadly be divided between major and minor versions. Major cricket includes several variations in which top class players have taken part such as Test cricket, first class cricket, single wicket,… …   Wikipedia

  • have — I [[t]həv, STRONG hæv[/t]] AUXILIARY VERB USES ♦ has, having, had (In spoken English, forms of have are often shortened, for example I have is shortened to I ve and has not is shortened to hasn t.) 1) AUX You use the forms have and has with a… …   English dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»